GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series....

268
GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series

Transcript of GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series....

Page 1: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL

User's Manual (Hardware)

GOT2000 Series

Page 2: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi
Page 3: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi GOT).

Read this manual and make sure you understand the functions and performance of the GOT thoroughly

in advance to ensure correct use.

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS(Always read these precautions before using this equipment.)

Before using this product, please read this manual and the relevant manuals introduced in this manual

carefully and pay full attention to safety to handle the product correctly.

The precautions given in this manual are concerned with this product.

In this manual, the safety precautions are ranked as "WARNING" and "CAUTION".

Note that the caution level may lead to a serious accident according to the circumstances. Always

follow the instructions of both levels because they are important to personal safety.

Please save this manual to make it accessible when required and always forward it to the end user.

[DESIGN PRECAUTIONS]

WARNING

Some failures of the GOT, communication unit or cable may keep the outputs on or off.

Some failures of a touch panel may cause malfunction of the input objects such as a touch switch.

An external monitoring circuit should be provided to check for output signals which may lead to a

serious accident.Not doing so can cause an accident due to false output or malfunction.

Do not use the GOT as the warning device that may cause a serious accident.

An independent and redundant hardware or mechanical interlock is required to configure the device

that displays and outputs serious warning.

Failure to observe this instruction may result in an accident due to incorrect output or malfunction.

WARNING

CAUTION

Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions, resulting in death or severe injury.

CAUTION Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions, resulting in minor or moderate injury or property damage.

A - 1

Page 4: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

[DESIGN PRECAUTIONS]

WARNING

When the GOT backlight has a failure, the GOT status will be as follows.Failure to observe this

instruction may result in an accident due to incorrect output or malfunction.

• GT27,GT25,GT23When the GOT backlight has a failure, the POWER LED blinks (orange/blue) and the display section dims. In such a case, the input by the touch switch(s) is disabled.

• GT21When the GOT backlight has a failure, the display section dims. In such a case, the input by the touch switches is disabled.

Even if the display section dims on the liquid crystal of the GOT, the input by the touch switch(s) may

remain enabled. This may cause a malfunction of the touch switch.

For example, if an operator assumes that the display section has dimmed because of the screen

save function and touches the display section to cancel the screen save, a touch switch may be

activated.

The GOT backlight failure can be checked with a system signal of the GOT.

The display section of the GOT is an analog-resistive type touch panel.

When multiple points of the display section are touched simultaneously, an accident may occur due

to incorrect output or malfunction.

• GT27Do not touch three points or more simultaneously on the display section. Doing so may cause an accident due to an incorrect output or malfunction.

• GT25,GT23,GT21Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the display section. Doing so may cause a touch switch near the touched points to operate unexpectedly, or may cause an accident due to an incorrect output or malfunction.

When programs or parameters of the controller (such as a PLC) that is monitored by the GOT are

changed, be sure to reset the GOT, or turn on the unit again after shutting off the power as soon as

possible.

Not doing so can cause an accident due to false output or malfunction.

If a communication fault (including cable disconnection) occurs during monitoring on the GOT,

communication between the GOT and PLC CPU is suspended and the GOT becomes inoperative.

For bus connection (GT27,GT25 Only) : The CPU becomes faulty and the GOT becomes

inoperative.

For other than bus connection : The GOT becomes inoperative.

A system where the GOT is used should be configured to perform any significant operation to the

system by using the switches of a device other than the GOT on the assumption that a GOT

communication fault will occur.

Not doing so can cause an accident due to false output or malfunction.

A - 2

Page 5: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

[DESIGN PRECAUTIONS]

[MOUNTING PRECAUTIONS]

CAUTION

Do not bundle the control and communication cables with main-circuit, power or other wiring.

Run the above cables separately from such wiring and keep them a minimum of 100mm apart.

Not doing so noise can cause a malfunction.

Do not press the GOT display section with a pointed material as a pen or driver.

Doing so can result in a damage or failure of the display section.

When a GOT2000 series model and a GOT1000 series model are on an Ethernet network, do not

set the IP address 192.168.0.18 for the GOTs and the controllers on this network.

Doing so can cause IP address duplication at the GOT startup, adversely affecting the

communication of the device with the IP address 192.168.0.18.

The operation at the IP address duplication depends on the devices and the system.

Turn on the controllers and the network devices to be ready for communication before they

communicate with the GOT.

Failure to do so can cause a communication error on the GOT.

When the GOT is subject to shock or vibration, or some colors appear on the screen of the GOT, the

screen of the GOT might flicker.

WARNING

Be sure to shut off all phases of the external power supply used by the system before mounting or

removing the GOT main unit to/from the panel.

Not doing so can cause the unit to fail or malfunction.

Be sure to shut off all phases of the external power supply used by the system before mounting or

removing the option unit onto/from the GOT. (GT27,GT25 Only)

A - 3

Page 6: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

[MOUNTING PRECAUTIONS]

CAUTION

Use the GOT in the environment that satisfies the general specifications described in this manual.

Not doing so can cause an electric shock, fire, malfunction or product damage or deterioration.

When mounting the GOT to the control panel, tighten the mounting screws in the specified torque

range with a Phillips-head screwdriver No.2.

• GT27,GT25,GT23Specified torque range (0.36 N•m to 0.48 N•m)

• GT21Specified torque range (0.20 N•m to 0.25 N•m)

Undertightening can cause the GOT to drop, short circuit or malfunction.

Overtightening can cause a drop, short circuit or malfunction due to the damage of the screws or the

GOT.

When mounting a unit on the GOT, tighten the mounting screws in the following specified torque

range.

• GT27,GT25When loading the communication unit or option unit other than wireless LAN unit to the GOT, fit it to the connection interface of the GOT and tighten the mounting screws in the specified torque range (0.36 N•m to 0.48 N•m) with a Phillips-head screwdriver No.2.When loading the wireless LAN unit to the GOT, fit it to the side interface of GOT and tighten the mounting screws in the specified torque range (0.10 N•m to 0.14 N•m) with a Phillips-head screwdriver No.1.When the GOT is installed vertically, its side interface is positioned on the bottom.To prevent the falling of the wireless LAN communication unit from the side interface, install or remove the unit while holding it with hands.

• GT2103-PWhen mounting the SD card unit on the GOT, fit it to the side of the GOT and tighten the tapping screws in the specified torque range (0.3 N•m to 0.6 N•m) with a Phillips-head screwdriver No.2.

Under tightening can cause the GOT to drop, short circuit or malfunction.

Overtightening can cause a drop, failure or malfunction due to the damage of the screws or unit.

When closing the USB environmental protection cover, fix the cover to the GOT by pushing the

[PUSH] mark on the latch firmly to comply with the protective structure.(GT27,GT25 Only)

Remove the protective film of the GOT.

When the user continues using the GOT with the protective film, the film may not be removed.

In addition, for the models equipped with the human sensor function, using the GOT with the

protective film may cause the human sensor not to function properly

For GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, and GT2508F-V, attach an environmental protection sheet dedicated

to the open frame model (sold separately) to the display section.

Or, attach a user-prepared environmental protection sheet.

Not doing so may damage or soil the GOT or cause foreign matter to enter the GOT, resulting in a

failure or malfunction.

A - 4

Page 7: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

[WIRING PRECAUTIONS]

CAUTION

When installing the supplied fittings on GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, or GT2508F-V, tighten screws in the specified torque range (0.8 N•m to 1.0 N•m).Meld studs on the control panel to fasten the fittings.The studs must have strength adequate to withstand a tightening torque of 0.9 N•m or more.Make sure that no foreign matter such as welding waste is at and around the bases of the studs.Tighten nuts on the studs in the specified torque range (0.8 N•m to 0.9 N•m) with a wrench for M4 nuts.Undertightening a screw or nut may cause the GOT to drop, short-circuit, or malfunction.Overtightening a screw or nut may damage it or the GOT, causing the GOT to drop, short-circuit, or malfunction.

Operate and store the GOT in environments without direct sunlight, high temperature, dust, humidity,

and vibrations.

When using the GOT in the environment of oil or chemicals, use the protective cover for oil.

Failure to do so may cause failure or malfunction due to the oil or chemical entering into the GOT.

WARNING

Be sure to shut off all phases of the external power supply used by the system before wiring.

Failure to do so may result in an electric shock, product damage or malfunctions.

A - 5

Page 8: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

[WIRING PRECAUTIONS]

CAUTION

Make sure to ground the FG terminal and LG terminal of the GOT power supply section to the

protective ground conductors dedicated to the GOT with a ground resistance of 100 Ω or less. (GT21

does not have the LG terminal.)

When tightening the terminal screws, use a Phillips-head screwdriver No.2.

Tighten the terminal screws of the GOT power supply section in the following specified torque range.

• GT27,GT25,GT23Specified torque range (0.5 N•m to 0.8 N•m)

For a terminal processing of a wire to the GOT power supply section, use the following terminal.

• GT27,GT25,GT23Use applicable solderless terminals for terminal processing of a wire and tighten them with the specified torque.Not doing so can cause a fire, failure or malfunction.

• GT21Connect a stranded wire or a single wire directly, or use a rod terminal with an insulation sleeve.

Correctly wire the GOT power supply section after confirming the rated voltage and terminal

arrangement of the product.

Not doing so can cause a fire or failure.

Tighten the terminal screws of the GOT power supply section in the following specified torque range.

• GT27,GT25,GT23Specified torque range (0.5 N•m to 0.8 N•m)

• GT2104,GT2103Specified torque range (0.22 N•m to 0.25 N•m)

Exercise care to avoid foreign matter such as chips and wire offcuts entering the GOT.

Not doing so can cause a fire, failure or malfunction.

The module has an ingress prevention label on its top to prevent foreign matter, such as wire offcuts,

from entering the module during wiring.

Do not peel this label during wiring.Before starting system operation, be sure to peel this label

because of heat dissipation. (GT27,GT25 Only)

Plug the communication cable into the GOT interface or the connector of the connected unit, and

tighten the mounting screws and the terminal screws in the specified torque range.

Undertightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction.

Overtightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction due to the damage of the screws or unit.

Plug the QnA/ACPU/Motion controller(A series) bus connection cable by inserting it into the

connector of the connected unit until it "clicks".

After plugging, check that it has been inserted snugly.

Not doing so can cause a malfunction due to a contact fault.(GT27,GT25 Only)

A - 6

Page 9: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

[TEST OPERATION PRECAUTIONS]

[STARTUP/MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS]

WARNING

Before performing the test operations of the user creation monitor screen (such as turning ON or

OFF bit device, changing the word device current value, changing the settings or current values of

the timer or counter, and changing the buffer memory current value), read through the manual

carefully and make yourself familiar with the operation method.

During test operation, never change the data of the devices which are used to perform significant

operation for the system.

False output or malfunction can cause an accident.

WARNING

When power is on, do not touch the terminals.

Doing so can cause an electric shock or malfunction.

Correctly connect the battery connector.

Do not charge, disassemble, heat, short-circuit, solder, or throw the battery into the fire.

Doing so will cause the battery to produce heat, explode, or ignite, resulting in injury and fire.

Before starting cleaning or terminal screw retightening, always switch off the power externally in all

phases.

Not switching the power off in all phases can cause a unit failure or malfunction.

Undertightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction.

Overtightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction due to the damage of the screws or unit.

A - 7

Page 10: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

[STARTUP/MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS]

[TOUCH PANEL PRECAUTIONS]

CAUTION

Do not disassemble or modify the unit.

Doing so can cause a failure, malfunction, injury or fire.

Do not touch the conductive and electronic parts of the unit directly.

Doing so can cause a unit malfunction or failure.

The cables connected to the unit must be run in ducts or clamped.

Not doing so can cause the unit or cable to be damaged due to the dangling, motion or accidental

pulling of the cables or can cause a malfunction due to a cable connection fault.

When unplugging the cable connected to the unit, do not hold and pull from the cable portion.

Doing so can cause the unit or cable to be damaged or can cause a malfunction due to a cable

connection fault.

Do not drop the module or subject it to strong shock. A module damage may result.

Do not drop or give an impact to the battery mounted to the unit.

Doing so may damage the battery, causing the battery fluid to leak inside the battery.

If the battery is dropped or given an impact, dispose of it without using.

Before touching the unit, always touch grounded metals, etc. to discharge static electricity from

human body, etc.

Not doing so can cause the unit to fail or malfunction.

Use the battery manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.

Use of other batteries may cause a risk of fire or explosion.

Dispose of used battery promptly.

Keep away from children.Do not disassemble and do not dispose of in fire.

Be sure to shut off all phases of the external power supply before replacing the battery or using the

dip switch of the terminating resistor.

Not doing so can cause the unit to fail or malfunction by static electricity.

CAUTION

For the analog-resistive film type touch panels, normally the adjustment is not required.

However, the difference between a touched position and the object position may occur as the period

of use elapses.

When any difference between a touched position and the object position occurs, execute the touch

panel calibration.

When any difference between a touched position and the object position occurs, other object may be

activated.

This may cause an unexpected operation due to incorrect output or malfunction.

A - 8

Page 11: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

[PRECAUTIONS WHEN THE DATA STORAGE IS IN USE]

WARNING

If the SD card is removed from drive A of the GOT while being accessed by the GOT, the GOT may

stop processing data for about 20 seconds.

The GOT cannot be operated during this period.

The functions that run in the background including a screen updating, alarm, logging, scripts, and

others are also interrupted.

Before removing the SD card, check the following items.

• GT27,GT25,GT23Check that the SD card access LED is off before removing the SD card.

• GT21Disable the SD card access in the GOT utility, and then check that the SD card access LED is off before removing the SD card.

CAUTION

If the data storage is removed from the GOT while being accessed by the GOT, the data storage and

files may be damaged.

Before removing the data storage from the GOT, check the SD card access LED, system signal, or

others to make sure that the data storage is not accessed.

Turning off the GOT while it accesses the SD card results in damage to the SD card and files.

When using the GOT with an SD card inserted, check the following items.

• GT27,GT25,GT23When inserting a SD card into the GOT, make sure to close the SD card cover. Not doing so causes the data not to be read or written.

• GT21When inserting an SD card into the SD card unit, make sure to enable the SD card access in the GOT utility in advance.Not doing so causes the data not to be read or written.

When removing the SD card from the GOT, make sure to support the SD card by hand as it may pop

out.

Not doing so may cause the SD card to drop from the GOT, resulting in a failure or break.

When inserting a USB device into a USB interface of the GOT, make sure to insert the device into

the interface firmly.

Not doing so may cause the USB device to drop from the GOT, resulting in a failure or break.

Before removing the USB device from the GOT, follow the procedure for removal on the utility screen

of the GOT.

After the successful completion dialog is displayed, remove the USB device by hand carefully.

Not doing so may cause the USB device to drop from the GOT, resulting in a failure or break.

A - 9

Page 12: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

[PRECAUTIONS FOR REMOTE CONTROL]

[Precautions for Exclusive Authorization Control]

[DISPOSAL PRECAUTIONS]

WARNING

Remote control is available through a network by using GOT functions, including theSoftGOT-GOT

link function, the remote personal computer operation function, the VNC server function, and the

GOT Mobile function.

If these functions are used to perform remote control of control equipment, the field operator may not

notice the remote control, possibly leading to an accident.

In addition, a communication delay or interruption may occur depending on the network

environment, and remote control of control equipment cannot be performed normally in some cases.

Before using the above functions to perform remote control, fully grasp the circumstances of the field

site and ensure safety.

WARNING

Make sure to fully understand the GOT network interaction function before using this function to

control the authorization among pieces of equipment to prevent simultaneous operations.

The exclusive authorization control of the GOT network interaction function can be enabled or

disabled for each screen. (For all screens, the exclusive authorization control is disabled by default.)

Properly determine the screens for which the exclusive authorization control is required, and set the

control by screen.

A screen for which the exclusive authorization control is disabled can be operated simultaneously

from pieces of equipment. Make sure to determine the operation period for each operator, fully grasp

the circumstances of the field site, and ensure safety to perform operations.

CAUTION

When disposing of this product, treat it as industrial waste.

When disposing of batteries, separate them from other wastes according to the local regulations.

(Refer to 9.4 Low-voltage Battery Detection and Battery Replacement for details of the battery

directive in the EU member states.)

A - 10

Page 13: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

[TRANSPORTATION PRECAUTIONS]

CAUTION

When transporting lithium batteries, make sure to treat them based on the transport regulations.

(Refer to 11.7 Transportation Precautions for details of the regulated models.)

Make sure to transport the GOT main unit and/or relevant unit(s) in the manner they will not be

exposed to the impact exceeding the impact resistance described in the general specifications of this

manual, as they are precision devices.

Failure to do so may cause the unit to fail.

Check if the unit operates correctly after transportation.

When fumigants that contain halogen materials such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine are

used for disinfecting and protecting wooden packaging from insects, they cause malfunction when

entering our products.

Please take necessary precautions to ensure that remaining materials from fumigant do not enter

our products, or treat packaging with methods other than fumigation (heat method).

Additionally, disinfect and protect wood from insects before packing products.

A - 11

Page 14: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS .........................................................................................................................A - 1

CONTENTS ............................................................................................................................................A - 12

List of Manuals for GT Works3 ...............................................................................................................A - 16

Abbreviations, Generic Terms, the meaning of the icon .........................................................................A - 17

1. OVERVIEW

1.1 GOT ................................................................................................................................................. 1 - 2

1.2 Features........................................................................................................................................... 1 - 2

2. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

2.1 Overall Configuration ....................................................................................................................... 2 - 2

2.2 How to Read the Model Name......................................................................................................... 2 - 2

2.2.1 GOT model name..................................................................................................................... 2 - 2

2.2.2 Option model name.................................................................................................................. 2 - 3

2.3 System Equipment........................................................................................................................... 2 - 5

2.3.1 GOT ......................................................................................................................................... 2 - 5

2.3.2 CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit set ................................................................... 2 - 7

2.3.3 Extension unit........................................................................................................................... 2 - 8

2.3.4 Software ................................................................................................................................. 2 - 10

2.3.5 Option..................................................................................................................................... 2 - 11

2.3.6 Cable...................................................................................................................................... 2 - 13

2.3.7 Others .................................................................................................................................... 2 - 23

3. SPECIFICATIONS

3.1 General Specifications..................................................................................................................... 3 - 2

3.1.1 GT27,GT25 .............................................................................................................................. 3 - 2

3.1.2 GT23 ........................................................................................................................................ 3 - 3

3.1.3 GT21 ........................................................................................................................................ 3 - 4

3.2 Performance Specifications ............................................................................................................. 3 - 5

3.2.1 GT27 ........................................................................................................................................ 3 - 5

3.2.2 GT25 ...................................................................................................................................... 3 - 15

3.2.3 GT23 ...................................................................................................................................... 3 - 21

3.2.4 GT21 ...................................................................................................................................... 3 - 25

3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section ........................................................................................ 3 - 32

3.3.1 GT27 ...................................................................................................................................... 3 - 32

3.3.2 GT25 ...................................................................................................................................... 3 - 34

3.3.3 GT23 ...................................................................................................................................... 3 - 35

3.3.4 GT21 ...................................................................................................................................... 3 - 37

3.4 Battery Specifications .................................................................................................................... 3 - 38

4. PART NAMES AND SETTINGS

4.1 GT27................................................................................................................................................ 4 - 2

4.2 GT25................................................................................................................................................ 4 - 6

4.3 GT23.............................................................................................................................................. 4 - 10

CONTENTS

A - 12

Page 15: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4.4 GT21.............................................................................................................................................. 4 - 12

5. EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE

5.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................................... 5 - 2

5.1.1 Conforming standards in the EMC Directive ............................................................................ 5 - 2

5.1.2 Conforming standards in the Low Voltage Directive ................................................................ 5 - 3

5.2 EMC Directive Requirements .......................................................................................................... 5 - 4

5.2.1 Installing the GOT on the control panel.................................................................................... 5 - 4

5.2.2 Installing a noise filter (power supply line filter)........................................................................ 5 - 5

5.2.3 System configuration................................................................................................................ 5 - 6

5.2.4 Connection of power cables and ground cables .................................................................... 5 - 12

5.2.5 Fabricating a connection cable .............................................................................................. 5 - 13

5.2.6 Grounding a cable.................................................................................................................. 5 - 19

5.3 Low Voltage Directive Requirements............................................................................................. 5 - 20

5.3.1 Power supply.......................................................................................................................... 5 - 20

5.3.2 Control panel.......................................................................................................................... 5 - 20

5.3.3 Grounding .............................................................................................................................. 5 - 21

5.3.4 External wiring........................................................................................................................ 5 - 21

6. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL

6.1 Installation Precautions.................................................................................................................... 6 - 2

6.2 Panel Cut Dimensions ..................................................................................................................... 6 - 2

6.2.1 GT27 ........................................................................................................................................ 6 - 2

6.2.2 GT25 ........................................................................................................................................ 6 - 4

6.2.3 GT23 ........................................................................................................................................ 6 - 6

6.2.4 GT21 ........................................................................................................................................ 6 - 6

6.3 Stud ................................................................................................................................................. 6 - 7

6.3.1 Stud specifications ................................................................................................................... 6 - 7

6.3.2 Distance between studs........................................................................................................... 6 - 7

6.4 Installation Position........................................................................................................................ 6 - 10

6.4.1 GT27 ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 10

6.4.2 GT25 ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 12

6.4.3 GT23 ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 16

6.4.4 GT21 ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 17

6.5 Control Panel Inside Temperature and GOT Installation Angle..................................................... 6 - 19

6.5.1 GT27 ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 19

6.5.2 GT25 ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 20

6.5.3 GT23 ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 22

6.5.4 GT21 ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 22

6.6 Installing the GOT.......................................................................................................................... 6 - 23

6.6.1 GT27, GT25, GT23 ................................................................................................................ 6 - 23

6.6.2 GT21 ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 29

6.7 Removing the GOT........................................................................................................................ 6 - 31

6.7.1 GT27, GT25, GT23 ................................................................................................................ 6 - 31

6.7.2 GT21 ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 34

6.8 Installing and Removing the Extension Unit .................................................................................. 6 - 35

6.8.1 Installing multiple extension units........................................................................................... 6 - 35

6.8.2 Removing the extension unit.................................................................................................. 6 - 37

6.9 Installing the Battery ...................................................................................................................... 6 - 38

A - 13

Page 16: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.9.1 Installing the battery to GT2715, GT2712, GT2710, GT2512 or GT2510.............................. 6 - 38

6.9.2 Installing the battery to GT2708, GT2705, or GT2508........................................................... 6 - 40

6.9.3 Installing the battery to GT2310 or GT2308........................................................................... 6 - 41

6.9.4 Installing the battery to GT2104-R, GT2104-P....................................................................... 6 - 43

6.10 Removing the Battery .................................................................................................................... 6 - 44

6.10.1 Removing the battery from GT2715, GT2712, GT2710, GT2512 or GT2510........................ 6 - 44

6.10.2 Removing the battery from GT2708, GT2705, GT2710 or GT2508....................................... 6 - 45

6.10.3 Removing the battery from GT2310 or GT2308..................................................................... 6 - 46

6.10.4 Removing the battery from GT2104-R, GT2104-P ................................................................ 6 - 47

6.11 Installing the SD Card.................................................................................................................... 6 - 48

6.11.1 GT27, GT25, GT23 ................................................................................................................ 6 - 49

6.11.2 GT21 ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 50

6.12 Removing the SD Card.................................................................................................................. 6 - 51

6.12.1 GT27, GT25, GT23 ................................................................................................................ 6 - 52

6.12.2 GT21 ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 53

6.13 Installing and Removing the USB Devices .................................................................................... 6 - 54

6.13.1 Installing the USB devices ..................................................................................................... 6 - 54

6.13.2 Removing the USB devices ................................................................................................... 6 - 54

6.14 Installing and Removing the USB cable ........................................................................................ 6 - 55

6.14.1 Installing the USB cable ......................................................................................................... 6 - 55

6.14.2 Removing the USB cable ....................................................................................................... 6 - 56

7. WIRNG OF POWER SUPPLY SECTION

7.1 Wiring of External Power Supply ..................................................................................................... 7 - 3

7.2 Power Supply Wiring to th GOT....................................................................................................... 7 - 4

7.3 Grounding ........................................................................................................................................ 7 - 6

7.3.1 Grounding the GOT.................................................................................................................. 7 - 6

7.3.2 Causes of wiring-related malfunction and countermeasure examples..................................... 7 - 8

7.4 Wiring Inside and Outside the Control Panel ................................................................................. 7 - 10

7.4.1 Control panel inside wiring ..................................................................................................... 7 - 10

7.4.2 Control panel outside wiring................................................................................................... 7 - 10

7.5 Attaching a Surge Suppressor to Control Equipment .................................................................... 7 - 11

7.6 Grounding the Extension Unit ........................................................................................................ 7 - 12

7.6.1 Wiring of the FG cable of a bus connection cable.................................................................. 7 - 12

8. OPERATING THE GOT

8.1 Outline Procedure to Start the GOT ................................................................................................ 8 - 2

8.2 Creating Project Data ...................................................................................................................... 8 - 5

9. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

9.1 Daily Inspection ............................................................................................................................... 9 - 3

9.2 Periodic Inspection .......................................................................................................................... 9 - 4

9.3 Screen Cleaning Method ................................................................................................................. 9 - 5

9.4 Low-voltage Battery Detection and Battery Replacement ............................................................... 9 - 6

10. TROUBLESHOOTING

10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets ............................................................................................................... 10 - 2

A - 14

Page 17: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

10.1.1 GOT status check sheet......................................................................................................... 10 - 3

10.1.2 GOT installation status check sheet....................................................................................... 10 - 8

10.1.3 System configuration check sheet ....................................................................................... 10 - 13

10.2 Troubleshooting for the Bus Connection ..................................................................................... 10 - 14

10.2.1 Identifying the error position................................................................................................. 10 - 14

10.2.2 Narrowing the possible error positions................................................................................. 10 - 15

10.2.3 Specific example of troubleshooting .................................................................................... 10 - 16

10.3 Error Messages and System Alarms ........................................................................................... 10 - 17

10.3.1 Displayed contents............................................................................................................... 10 - 17

10.3.2 Error messages and system alarms..................................................................................... 10 - 18

11. APPENDICES

11.1 External Dimension Diagrams ....................................................................................................... 11 - 2

11.1.1 GT27 ...................................................................................................................................... 11 - 2

11.1.2 GT25 ...................................................................................................................................... 11 - 7

11.1.3 GT23 .................................................................................................................................... 11 - 13

11.1.4 GT21 .................................................................................................................................... 11 - 15

11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unit.................... 11 - 19

11.2.1 GT27 .................................................................................................................................... 11 - 19

11.2.2 GT25 .................................................................................................................................... 11 - 25

11.3 Depth dimensions for the GOT with an SD card unit (GT2103-P)............................................... 11 - 29

11.4 Depth dimensions for the GOT with several extension units mounted in multiple stages

(GT27, GT25) .............................................................................................................................. 11 - 30

11.5 External dimension diagrams of the communication cable.......................................................... 11 - 31

11.6 Confirming of Versions and Conforming Standards .................................................................... 11 - 34

11.6.1 GT27, GT25, GT23 .............................................................................................................. 11 - 34

11.6.2 GT21 .................................................................................................................................... 11 - 35

11.7 Transportation Precautions.......................................................................................................... 11 - 35

11.7.1 Relevant models .................................................................................................................. 11 - 35

11.7.2 Transportation guidelines..................................................................................................... 11 - 35

11.8 Calculating consumed current of GT2705-V................................................................................ 11 - 36

REVISIONS

WARRANTY

A - 15

Page 18: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

List of Manuals for GT Works3

For the manuals related to this product, install the manuals with the drawing software.If you need a printed manual, consult your local Mitsubishi representative or branch office.

1. List of Manuals for GT Designer3(GOT2000)

(1) Screen drawing software manuals

(2) Connection manuals

(3) GT SoftGOT2000 manuals

(4) GOT2000 manuals

Manual nameManual number

(Model code)

GT Works3 Version1 Installation Procedure Manual -

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Help -

GT Converter2 Version3 Operating Manual for GT Works3SH-080862ENG

(1D7MB2)

GOT2000 Series MES Interface Function Manual for GT Works3 Version1 SH-081228ENG

Manual nameManual number

(Model code)

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Products) For GT Works3 Version1SH-081197ENG

(1D7MJ8)

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Non-Mitsubishi Products 1) For GT Works3 Version1 SH-081198ENG

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Non-Mitsubishi Products 2) For GT Works3 Version1 SH-081199ENG

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Microcomputers, MODBUS/Fieldbus Products, Peripherals) For GT Works3

Version1SH-081200ENG

Manual nameManual number

(Model code)

GT SoftGOT2000 Version1 Operating Manual SH-081201ENG

Manual nameManual number

(Model code)

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware)SH-081194ENG

(1D7MJ5)

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)SH-081195ENG

(1D7MJ6)

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Monitor)SH-081196ENG

(1D7MJ7)

A - 16

Page 19: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

Abbreviations, Generic Terms, the meaning of the icon

The following shows the abbreviations and generic terms used in Help.

1. GOT

Abbreviations and generic terms Description

Meaning of icon

SupportNot

support

GOT2000

Series

GT27

GT27-X GT2715-X GT2715-XTBA, GT2715-XTBD

GT27-SGT2712-S GT2712-STBA, GT2712-STWA, GT2712-STBD, GT2712-STWD

GT2710-S GT2710-STBA, GT2710-STBD

GT27-V GT2710-V GT2710-VTBA, GT2710-VTWA, GT2710-VTBD, GT2710-VTWD

GT27-S GT2708-S GT2708-STBA, GT2708-STBD

GT27-VGT2708-V GT2708-VTBA, GT2708-VTBD

GT2705-V GT2705-VTBD

GT25

GT25-SGT2512-S GT2512-STBA, GT2512-STBD

GT2512F-S GT2512F-STNA, GT2512F-STND

GT25-V

GT2510-V GT2510-VTBA, GT2510-VTWA, GT2510-VTBD, GT2510-VTWD

GT2510F-V GT2510F-VTNA, GT2510F-VTND

GT2508-V GT2508-VTBA, GT2508-VTWA, GT2508-VTBD, GT2508-VTWD

GT2508F-V GT2508F-VTNA, GT2508F-VTND

GT23 GT23-VGT2310-V GT2310-VTBA, GT2310-VTBD

GT2308-V GT2308-VTBA, GT2308-VTBD

GT21

All GT21 models

GT21-R GT2104-R GT2104-RTBD

GT21-P

GT2104-P

GT2104-PMBD

GT2104-PMBDS

GT2103-P

GT2103-PMBD

GT2103-PMBDS

GT2103-PMBDS2

GT2103-PMBLS

GT SoftGOT2000 GT SoftGOT2000 Version1

GOT1000 Series GOT1000 Series -

GOT900 Series GOT-A900 Series, GOT-F900 Series -

GOT800 Series GOT-800 Series -

A - 17

Page 20: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2. Communication unit

3. Option unit

4. Option

Abbreviations and generic terms Description

Bus connection unitGT15-QBUS, GT15-QBUS2, GT15-ABUS, GT15-ABUS2, GT15-75QBUSL,

GT15-75QBUS2L, GT15-75ABUSL, GT15-75ABUS2L

Serial communication unit GT15-RS2-9P, GT15-RS4-9S, GT15-RS4-TE

MELSECNET/H communication unit GT15-J71LP23-25, GT15-J71BR13

CC-Link IE Controller Network communication unit GT15-J71GP23-SX

CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit GT15-J71GF13-T2

CC-Link communication unit GT15-J61BT13

Wireless LAN communication unit GT25-WLAN

Serial multi-drop connection unit GT01-RS4-M

Connection conversion adapter GT10-9PT5S

Field network adapter unit GT25-FNADP

Abbreviations and generic terms Description

Printer unit GT15-PRN

Video/RGB unit

Video input unit GT27-V4-Z (A set of GT16M-V4-Z and GT27-IF1000)

RGB input unit GT27-R2, GT27-R2-Z (A set of GT16M-R2-Z and GT27-IF1000)

Video/RGB input unit GT27-V4R1-Z (A set of GT16M-V4R1-Z and GT27-IF1000)

RGB output unit GT27-ROUT, GT27-ROUT-Z (A set of GT16M-ROUT-Z and GT27-IF1000)

Multimedia unit GT27-MMR-Z (A set of GT16M-MMR-Z and GT27-IF1000)

Video signal conversion unit GT27-IF1000

External I/O unit GT15-DIO, GT15-DIOR

Sound output unit GT15-SOUT

SD card unit GT21-03SDCD

Abbreviations and generic terms Description

SD cardNZ1MEM-2GBSD, NZ1MEM-4GBSD, NZ1MEM-8GBSD, NZ1MEM-16GBSD,

L1MEM-2GBSD, L1MEM-4GBSD

Battery GT11-50BAT

Protective sheet

GT27-15PSGC, GT25-12PSGC, GT25-10PSGC, GT25-08PSGC, GT25-

05PSGC, GT21-04RPSGC-UC, GT21-04PSGC-UC, GT21-03PSGC-UC,

GT27-15PSCC, GT25-12PSCC, GT25-10PSCC, GT25-08PSCC, GT25-

12PSCC-UC, GT25-10PSCC-UC, GT25-08PSCC-UC, GT25-05PSCC, GT21-

04RPSCC-UC, GT21-04PSCC-UC, GT21-03PSCC-UC

Environmental protection sheet GT25F-12ESGS, GT25F-10ESGS, GT25F-08ESGS

Protective cover for oilGT20-15PCO, GT20-12PCO, GT20-10PCO, GT20-08PCO, GT25-05PCO,

GT21-04RPCO, GT10-30PCO, GT10-20PCO

USB environmental protection cover GT25-UCOV, GT25-05UCOV

StandGT15-90STAND, GT15-80STAND, GT15-70STAND, GT15-60STAND, GT05-

50STAND

AttachmentGT15-70ATT-98, GT15-70ATT-87, GT15-60ATT-97, GT15-60ATT-96, GT15-

60ATT-87, GT15-60ATT-77

A - 18

Page 21: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5. Software

(1) Software related to GOT

(2) Software related to iQ Works

Abbreviations and generic terms Description

GT Works3 SW1DND-GTWK3-J, SW1DND-GTWK3-E, SW1DND-GTWK3-C

GT Designer3 Version1 Screen drawing software GT Designer3 for GOT2000/GOT1000 series

GT Designer3Screen drawing software for GOT2000 series included in GT Works3

GT Designer3 (GOT2000)

GT Designer3 (GOT1000) Screen drawing software for GOT1000 series included in GT Works3

GT Simulator3 Screen simulator GT Simulator3 for GOT2000/GOT1000/GOT900 series

GT SoftGOT2000 Monitoring software GT SoftGOT2000 series

GT Converter2 Data conversion software GT Converter2 for GOT1000/GOT900 series

GT Designer2 Classic Screen drawing software GT Designer2 Classic for GOT900 series

GT Designer2 Screen drawing software GT Designer2 for GOT1000/GOT900 series

DU/WIN Screen drawing software FX-PCS-DU/WIN for GOT-F900 series

Abbreviations and generic terms Description

iQ WorksAbbreviation of iQ Platform compatible engineering environment MELSOFT

iQ Works

MELSOFT Navigator

Generic term for integrated development environment software included in the

SW DNC-IQWK (iQ Platform compatible engineering environment MELSOFT

iQ Works)

( indicates a version.)

A - 19

Page 22: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

(3) Other software

Abbreviations and generic terms Description

GX Works3SWDND-GXW3-E (-EA) type programmable controller engineering software

( indicates a version.)

GX Works2SWDNC-GXW2- type programmable controller engineering software

( indicates a version.)

Controller simulator

GX Simulator3 Simulation function of GX Works3

GX Simulator2 Simulation function of GX Works2

GX Simulator

SWD5C-LLT-E (-EV) type ladder logic test tool function software package

(SW5D5C-LLT (-V) or later versions)

( indicates a version.)

GX DeveloperSWD5C-GPPW-E (-EV)/SWD5F-GPPW (-V) type software package

( indicates a version.)

GX LogViewerSWDNN-VIEWER-E type software package

( indicates a version.)

PX DeveloperSWD5C-FBDQ-E type FBD software package for process control

( indicates a version.)

MT Works2

Motion controller engineering environment MELSOFT MT Works2(SWDND-

MTW2-E)

( indicates a version.)

MT Developer

SWRNC-GSV type integrated start-up support software for motion controller

Q series

( indicates a version.)

CW ConfiguratorC Controller module configuration and monitor tool (SW1DND-RCCPU-E)

( indicates a version.)

MR Configurator2SWDNC-MRC2-E type servo configuration software

( indicates a version.)

MR ConfiguratorMRZJW-SETUP type servo configuration software

( indicates a version.)

FR ConfiguratorInverter setup software (FR-SW-SETUP-WE)

( indicates a version.)

NC Configurator2 CNC parameter setting support tool (FCSB1221)

NC Configurator CNC parameter setting support tool

FX Configurator-FP

Parameter setting, monitoring, and testing software packages for FX3U-

20SSC-H (SWD5CFXSSCE)

( indicates a version.)

FX3U-ENET-L Configuration tool FX3U-ENET-L type Ethernet module setting software (SW1D5-FXENETL-E)

RT ToolBox2 Robot program creation software (3D-11C-WINE)

MX ComponentMX Component Version(SWD5C-ACT-E, SWD5C-ACT-EA)

( indicates a version.)

MX SheetMX Sheet Version(SWD5C-SHEET-E, SWD5C-SHEET-EA)

( indicates a version.)

CPU Module Logging Configuration Tool CPU module logging configuration tool (SW1DNN-LLUTL-E)

A - 20

Page 23: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6. License key (for GT SoftGOT2000)

7. Others

Abbreviations and generic terms Description

License key GT27-SGTKEY-U

Abbreviations and generic terms Description

IAI IAI Corporation

AZBIL Azbil Corporation

OMRON OMRON Corporation

KEYENCE KEYENCE CORPORATION

KOYO EI KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.

JTEKT JTEKT Corporation

SHARP Sharp Manufacturing Systems Corporation

SHINKO Shinko Technos Co., Ltd.

CHINO CHINO CORPORATION

TOSHIBA TOSHIBA CORPORATION

TOSHIBA MACHINE TOSHIBA MACHINE CO., LTD.

PANASONIC Panasonic Corporation

PANASONIC IDS Panasonic Industrial Devices SUNX Co., Ltd.

HITACHI IES Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems Co., Ltd.

HITACHI Hitachi, Ltd.

FUJI FUJI ELECTRIC CO., LTD.

YASKAWA YASKAWA Electric Corporation

YOKOGAWA Yokogawa Electric Corporation

RKC RKC INSTRUMENT INC.

ALLEN-BRADLEY Allen-Bradley products manufactured by Rockwell Automation, Inc.

CLPA CC-Link Partner Association

GE GE Intelligent Platforms, Inc.

HMS HMS Industrial Networks

LS IS LS Industrial Systems Co., Ltd.

MITSUBISHI INDIA Mitsubishi Electric India Pvt. Ltd.

ODVA Open DeviceNet Vendor Association, Inc.

SCHNEIDER Schneider Electric SA

SICK SICK AG

SIEMENS Siemens AG

PLC Programmable controller manufactured by each corporation

Control equipment Control equipment manufactured by each corporation

Temperature controller Temperature controller manufactured by each corporation

Indicating controller Indicating controller manufactured by each corporation

Controller Controller manufactured by each corporation

A - 21

Page 24: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

A - 22

Page 25: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

1

OV

ER

VIE

W

1. OVERVIEW

1.1 GOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2

1.2 Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2

1 - 1

Page 26: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

1.1 GOT

The GOT is a device connected to a PLC and others to operate switches and to display lamps, data, and messages.Install the GOT on the panel surface of a control panel or an operating panel.

1.2 Features

1. Abundant standard equipment

(1) Variety of connections with FA devicesThe GOT2000 series has interfaces with various FA devices.• GT27,GT25 : Ethernet,RS-232,RS-422/485,Extension interface• GT23,GT21 : Ethernet,RS-232,RS-422/485

(2) SD card interface compatible with a large-capacity SDHC card allowing high-speed communicationYou can use a large-capacity SDHC card allowing high-speed communication as a data storage.• GT27,GT25, GT23, GT2104-R : equipped with the SD card unit as standard• GT2103-P : equipped with the SD card unit as an option

(3) Connection with various peripheral devices with the USB host(GT27,GT25 Only)You can connect the GOT to various peripheral devices with the USB host (standard equipment).Using a USB memory, USB mouse, USB keyboard, and others improves your convenience.

2. Improved usability

(1) Abundant troubleshooting functionsAbundant diagnosis functions and guidance displays reduce the time required for startup or troubleshooting.

(2) Easy and simple screen creationYou can create screens easily and simply with the screen design software, GT Designer3 Version1.

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Help

(3) Personal computer-like operation screenThe personal computer-like operation screen enables intuitive operations.

(4) Multi-touch function, gesture function(GT27 Only)Characters can be scaled by pinch-in/out with fingers. Also, screens can be scrolled with a flick operation.

(5) Support for the vertical installationSince the vertical installation is supported, the GOT can be installed in even a vertically oriented space.

3. Enhanced compatibility with Mitsubishi FA devicesThe sequence program monitor function enables enhanced compatibility with Mitsubishi FA devices.You can save programs and data of Mitsubishi FA devices (such as PLCs) to an SD card using the backup/restoration function.

4. Easy replacementSince the existing project data is compatible with the GOT2000 series, you can replace an existing model with the GOT2000 series model easily.Additionally, since the panel cut dimensions for the GOT2000 series are the same as those for the GOT1000 series, the control panel is not required to be reworked.

5. LED backlightSince the GOT adopts a long-life LED backlight, you do not have to replace the backlight.

6. Support for external controllers including those handling multimedia and video(GT27(except GT2705) Only)Video signals can be input or output with the combination of the GOT and an extension unit for multimedia.

GOT2000PLC

Monitoring device values

Data input, switch operation

1 - 2 1.1 GOT

Page 27: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

1

OV

ER

VIE

W

7. Support for abundant functionsThe GOT supports abundant functions such as the recipe function, the alarm function, operation logs, and operator authentication.

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Help

8. Achieved coplanarity with the control panel (GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, and GT2508F-V)The GOT front face and the control panel surface are in the same plane by installing the GOT from the back of the panel.

1.2 Features 1 - 3

Page 28: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

1 - 4 1.2 Features

Page 29: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2

SY

ST

EM

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N

2. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

2.1 Overall Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2

2.2 How to Read the Model Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2

2.3 System Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 5

2 - 1

Page 30: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2.1 Overall Configuration

The following shows the overall configuration of the GOT2000 series.

2.2 How to Read the Model Name

2.2.1 GOT model name

RFID controller (Commercially available)

USB mouse (Commercially available)

USB keyboard (Commercially available)

Peripheral device

Protective cover for oil

Protective sheet

Stand

SD card

USB memory (Commercially available)

Optional device

GOT2000

Communication unit

Option unit

Extension unit

BatteryMemory card reader/writer (Commercially available)

Barcode reader (Commercially available)

2D code reader (Commercially available)

Personal computer (Commercially available)

External memoryUSB

memorySD card

Screen design softwareGT Works3

Devices for drawing, setting, and data collection

Environmental protection sheet

GT27GT27

121008

15

05

XGASVGA

XS

VGAV

AD

BW

TTFT monochromeM

With an Ethernet interface and

an RS-422/485 interfaceWith an RS-232 interface

and an RS-422/485 interface, or with an RS-422 interface only

GT25GT25

GT23GT23

GT21GT21S *1

None*1

320 × 128 dotsor less

P

Symbol Model Symbol Symbol Symbol Symbol Symbol

Symbol Screen size

Resolution Display section Panel color Power type Others

12.1"10.4"8.4"5.7"

15"

TFT color BlackWhite

N No frame

100 V AC to 240 V AC24 V DC

04 4.3" Wide or 4.5"

03 3.8"

FNone

Symbol Structure

Open frame modelStandard

L 5 V DC

With two RS-232 interfacesS2*1

480 × 272 dotsR

1: For GT21 only*

CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit set

-GF *2

2: For GT27 and GT25 only*

GT27 15 - X T B A

2 - 2 2.1 Overall Configuration

Page 31: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2

SY

ST

EM

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N

2.2.2 Option model name

1. Extension unit and option dedicated to the GOT2000 series

2. Option unit for the GOT1000 series and GOT2000 series

GT** - ** ****

Dedicated for GT27Dedicated for GT27,GT25

Model

Dedicated for GT23Dedicated for GT21

GT27GT25

Symbol

GT23GT21

12.1"10.4"

Screen size

1210

8.4"08

Symbol

5.7"05Common for all modelsGT20Common for all modelsGT01

15"15

4.3" Wide 043.8"03

Common for all sizes None

GT** - ** ****

Common for GT27/GT25/GT23/GT16/GT15 (Partially dedicated for GT15)

Model

GT15

SymbolDedicated for 15"

Screen size 90

Symbol

Dedicated for 12.1"8075

Dedicated for 10.4"70Dedicated for 8.4"60Dedicated for 5.7"50

Common for all sizesNone

Dedicated for 15",12.1",10.4",8.4"Common for

GT27/GT16/GT15 GT05

2.2 How to Read the Model Name 2 - 3

Page 32: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3. Communication cable for the GOT1000 series and GOT2000 series

GT09 - C*** ** ** ** - n*

Non-Mitsubishi PLC connection cable

(Commonly used for GT27, GT25, GT23,GT21, GT16, GT15,

and GT11)

Description

GT09

Symbol0.6 m1.2 m3 m

Length061230

Symbol

5 m10 m

50100

15 m20 m25 m

150200250

30 m35 m

300350

OMRONFor YASKAWA products

For YOKOGAWA products

Non-Mitsubishi manufacturer010203

Symbol

For HITACHI IES productsFor TOSHIBA products

0405

For SHARP products

For ALLEN-BRADLEY products

For SIEMENS PLC

06

07

08

For Panasonic IDS products

For FUJI FA products

09

10For KEYENCE products11

For JTEKT productsFor HITACHI products

1213

When cable distinction is required for one manufacturer's productsExample) When wirings are different for each PLC type When connection targets are different, such as servo, inverter, and temperature controller

Non-Mitsubishi manufacturer No.Symbol

4-pin

25-pin

No. of connector pins4

25

Symbol

(The number of terminals for solderless or preparatory-soldered terminals.)

… …

R4R2

Dedicated for RS-422Dedicated for RS-232

DescriptionSymbol

Connector pin type of connection targetSymbol

Plug (male)Socket (female)

Solderless terminal

PST

Preparatory solderingC(Non-Mitsubishi PLC side)

2 - 4 2.2 How to Read the Model Name

Page 33: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2

SY

ST

EM

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N

2.3 System Equipment

The following shows the system equipment of the GOT2000 series.

2.3.1 GOT

Classification Model Screen sizeDisplay section, Display

color

Panel

colorPower Remarks

GT27

GT2715GT2715-XTBA

15" XGA

TFT color

65536 colors

BlackAC

Multimedia/Video/

RGB compatible

Multi-touch

compatible

GT2715-XTBD DC

GT2712

GT2712-STBA

12.1" SVGA

BlackAC

GT2712-STBD DC

GT2712-STWAWhite

AC

GT2712-STWD DC

GT2710

GT2710-STBA10.4" SVGA

Black

AC

GT2710-STBD DC

GT2710-VTBA

10.4" VGA

AC

GT2710-VTBD DC

GT2710-VTWAWhite

AC

GT2710-VTWD DC

GT2708

GT2708-STBA8.4" SVGA

Black

AC

GT2708-STBD DC

GT2708-VTBA8.4" VGA

AC

GT2708-VTBD DC

GT2705 GT2705-VTBD 5.7" VGA Black DCMulti-touch

compatible

GT25

GT2512

GT2512-STBA

12.1" SVGA

TFT color

65536 colors

BlackAC

-GT2512-STBD DC

GT2512F-STNA-

ACOpen frame model

GT2512F-STND DC

GT2510

GT2510-VTBA

10.4" VGA

BlackAC

-GT2510-VTBD DC

GT2510-VTWAWhite

AC

GT2510-VTWD DC

GT2510F-VTNA-

ACOpen frame model

GT2510F-VTND DC

GT2508

GT2508-VTBA

8.4" VGA

BlackAC

-GT2508-VTBD DC

GT2508-VTWAWhite

AC

GT2508-VTWD DC

GT2508F-VTNA-

ACOpen frame model

GT2508F-VTND DC

GT23

GT2310GT2310-VTBA

10.4" VGA

TFT color

65536 colorsBlack

AC

-GT2310-VTBD DC

GT2308GT2308-VTBA

8.4" VGAAC

GT2308-VTBD DC

2.3 System Equipment 2 - 5

Page 34: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

GT21

GT2104

GT2104-RTBD4.3" Wide

[480 × 272 dots]

TFT color

65536 colorsBlack DC

Ethernet,

RS-422/485

RS232

GT2104-PMBD4.5"

[384 × 128 dots]

TFT Monochrome

(black/white) 32 levelsBlack

DCEthernet,

RS-422/485

GT2104-PMBDS DCRS-232,

RS-422/485

GT2103

GT2103-PMBD

3.8"

[320 × 128 dots]

TFT Monochrome

(black/white) 32 levelsBlack

DCEthernet,

RS-422/485

GT2103-PMBDS DCRS-232,

RS-422/485

GT2103-PMBDS2 DCRS-232,

RS-232

GT2103-PMBLS DC5V

RS-422

(FXCPU Connection

Only)

Classification Model Screen sizeDisplay section, Display

color

Panel

colorPower Remarks

2 - 6 2.3 System Equipment

Page 35: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2

SY

ST

EM

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N

2.3.2 CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit set

Classification Model Screen sizeDisplay section, Display

color

Panel

colorPower Remarks

GT27

GT2715GT2715-XTBA-GF

15" XGA

TFT color

65536 colors

BlackAC

GOT

+

GT15-J71GF13-T2

GT2715-XTBD-GF DC

GT2712

GT2712-STBA-GF

12.1" SVGA

BlackAC

GT2712-STBD-GF DC

GT2712-STWA-GFWhite

AC

GT2712-STWD-GF DC

GT2710

GT2710-STBA-GF10.4" SVGA

Black

AC

GT2710-STBD-GF DC

GT2710-VTBA-GF

10.4" VGA

AC

GT2710-VTBD-GF DC

GT2710-VTWA-GFWhite

AC

GT2710-VTWD-GF DC

GT2708

GT2708-STBA-GF8.4" SVGA

Black

AC

GT2708-STBD-GF DC

GT2708-VTBA-GF8.4" VGA

AC

GT2708-VTBD-GF DC

GT2705 GT2705-VTBD-GF 5.7" VGA Black DC

GT25

GT2512GT2512-STBA-GF

12.1" SVGA

TFT color

65536 colors

BlackAC

GOT

+

GT15-J71GF13-T2

GT2512-STBD-GF DC

GT2510

GT2510-VTBA-GF

10.4" VGA

BlackAC

GT2510-VTBD-GF DC

GT2510-VTWA-GFWhite

AC

GT2510-VTWD-GF DC

GT2508

GT2508-VTBA-GF

8.4" VGA

BlackAC

GT2508-VTBD-GF DC

GT2508-VTWA-GFWhite

AC

GT2508-VTWD-GF DC

2.3 System Equipment 2 - 7

Page 36: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2.3.3 Extension unit

1. Communication unit

*1 May not be able to be used depending on the connection target. For details, refer to GOT2000 Series Connection Manual.

*2 Cannot be used when connected with temperature controllers or indicating controllers by RS-485 (2-wire type) connection.

*3 Cannot be used overlapping other units.

*4 The field network adapter unit can be used with the following field networks by using the Anybus CompactCom M40 network

communication module manufactured by HMS.

Purchase a communication module by specifying its article number.

*5 Data transfer in wireless LAN communication may not be as stable as that in cable communication.

A packet loss may occur depending on the surrounding environment and the installation location.Be sure to perform a confirmation of operation before using this product.

*6 When a wireless LAN configuration of GT Designer3 the [Operation Mode] is set to [access point], the maximum connection

number is a five (recommended).

*7 The product with hardware version A (manufactured in December 2013) complies with the regulation. The product with hardware

version A can be used only in Japan.

*8 The product with hardware version B (manufactured in October 2014) complies with the regulation. The product with hardware

version B or later can be used in Japan, the United States, the EU member states, Switzerland, Norway, Iceland, and

Liechtenstein.

Product name Model Specifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

Serial communication unit

GT15-RS2-9P RS-232 serial communication unit (D-sub 9-pin: male) - -

GT15-RS4-9SRS-422/485 serial communication unit (D-sub 9-pin: female) *1*2

- -

GT15-RS4-TE

RS-422/485 serial communication unit (terminal block) *1

Can be used only when connected with temperature

controllers/indicating controllers by RS-485 connection or at

the GOT multi-drop connection

- -

Bus connection unit

GT15-QBUS QBUS connection (1ch) unit standard model - -

GT15-QBUS2 QBUS connection (2ch) unit standard model - -

GT15-ABUS ABUS connection (1ch) unit standard model - -

GT15-ABUS2 ABUS connection (2ch) unit standard model - -

GT15-75QBUSL QBUS connection (1ch) unit slim model *3 - -

GT15-75QBUS2L QBUS connection (2ch) unit slim model *3 - -

GT15-75ABUSL ABUS connection (1ch) unit slim model *3 - -

GT15-75ABUS2L ABUS connection (2ch) unit slim model *3 - -

MELSECNET/H

communication unit

GT15-J71LP23-25 Normal station unit (optical loop) - -

GT15-J71BR13 Normal station unit (coaxial bus) - -

CC-Link IE Controller Network

communication unitGT15-J71GP23-SX Normal station unit (optical loop) - -

CC-Link IE Field Network

communication unitGT15-J71GF13-T2 Intelligent device station unit - -

CC-Link communication unit GT15-J61BT13 Intelligent device station unit CC-Link Ver. 2 compliant - -

Field network adapter unit GT25-FNADP Adapter unit for field network communication *4 - -

Wireless LAN communication

unit*5GT25-WLAN

IEEE802.11b/g/n compliant,built-in antenna, wireless LAN

access point (base station)*6, station (client),connection to

personal computer, tablet, smartphone

Compliance with

Japan Radio Law *7, FCC *8, R&TTE *8

- -

Serial multi-drop connection

unitGT01-RS4-M For GOT multi-drop connection -

Communication module product name Communication module article number Supported network

ABCC-M40-DPV1 AB6910-B PROFIBUS DP

ABCC-M40-DEV AB6909-B DeviceNet

2 - 8 2.3 System Equipment

Page 37: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2

SY

ST

EM

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N

2. Option unit

*1 This unit is not usable for GT2705-V.

*2 Only available to GT2103-P.

Product name Model Specifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

Printer unit GT15-PRNUSB slave (PictBridge) for printer connection, 1ch

Cable for connection between printer unit and printer (3m) included - -

Multimedia unit GT27-MMR-ZFor video input (NTSC/PAL), 1 channel, recording video/playing

video files *1 - - -

Video input unit GT27-V4-Z For video input (NTSC/PAL), 4 channels *1 - - -

RGB input unit

GT27-R2 For analog RGB input, 2 channels *1 - - -

GT27-R2-ZFor analog RGB input, 2 channels (Assembled set of GT16M-R2-Z

and GT27-IF1000) *1 - - -

Video/RGB input unit GT27-V4R1-ZFor video input (NTSC/PAL), 4 channels/analog RGB, 1 channel

input *1 - - -

RGB output unit

GT27-ROUT For analog RGB output, 1 channel *1 - - -

GT27-ROUT-ZFor analog RGB output, 1 channel (Assembled set of GT16M-R2-Z

and GT27-IF1000) *1 - - -

Sound output unit GT15-SOUT For sound output (φ3.5 stereo pin jack) - -

External I/O unit

GT15-DIORFor connecting an external I/O device and an operation panel

(Negative common input, source type output) - -

GT15-DIOFor connecting an external I/O device and an operation panel

(Positive common input, sink type output) - -

SD card unit GT21-03SDCD For mounting an SD card - - - *2

2.3 System Equipment 2 - 9

Page 38: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2.3.4 Software

1. Software

*1 The desired number of licenses (2 or more) can be purchased. For details, please contact your local sales office.

*2 Volume license product and additional license product are also available. For more details, please refer to the MELSOFT iQ

Works catalog (L(NA)08232).

*3 The product includes the following software.

• System Management Software [MELSOFT Navigator]• Programmable Controller Engineering Software [MELSOFT GX Works2] • Motion Controller Engineering Software [MELSOFT MT Works2]• Servo Setup Software [MELSOFT MR Configurator2]• Inverter Setup Software [FR Configurator2]• Screen Design Software for Graphic Operation Terminal [MELSOFT GT Works3]• Robot Engineering Software [MELSOFT RT ToolBox2 mini]

*4 To use GT SoftGOT2000, a license key for GT SoftGOT2000 is necessary for each personal computer.

*5 1 license is required for 1 GOT unit.

*6 This product does not include the DVD-ROM. Only the license certificate with the product ID No. is issued.

Product name Model Description

HMI/GOT Screen Design

Software

MELSOFT GT Works3

SW1DND-GTWK3-E

English

version

Standard license product

DVD productSW1DND-GTWK3-EA Volume license product *1

SW1DND-GTWK3-EAZ Additional license product *1*6

FA Integrated Engineering

Software

MELSOFT iQ Works *2*3

SW1DND-IQWK-EEnglish

versionStandard license product (Version1.77F or later) DVD product

License key for GT

SoftGOT2000 *4GT27-SGTKEY-U USB port licence key

Remote Personal

Computer Operation

Function (Ethernet)

License *5

GT25-PCRAKEY 1 license

VNC Server Function

License *5GT25-VNCSKEY 1 license (License for GOT remote access function)

MES I/F Function License *5

GT25-MESIFKEY 1 license

GOT Mobile Function

License *5GT25-WEBSKEY 1 license

2 - 10 2.3 System Equipment

Page 39: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2

SY

ST

EM

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N

2.3.5 Option

Product name Model Description

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

Protective sheet *1

GT27-15PSGC For 15"

• Antiglare type

• Transparent

• With a hole for the USB environmental protection

cover

• A set of 5 sheets

- - -

GT25-12PSGC For 12.1" - - -

GT25-10PSGC For 10.4" - -

GT25-08PSGC For 8.4" - -

GT25-05PSGC For 5.7" - - -

GT27-15PSCC For 15"

• Clear type

• Transparent

• With a hole for the USB environmental protection

cover

• A set of 5 sheets

- - -

GT25-12PSCC For 12.1" - -

GT25-10PSCC For 10.4" - -

GT25-08PSCC For 8.4" - -

GT25-05PSCC For 5.7" - - -

GT25-12PSCC-UC For 12.1" • Clear type

• Transparent

• Without a hole for the USB environmental

protection cover *2

• A set of 5 sheets

- - -

GT25-10PSCC-UC For 10.4" - - -

GT25-08PSCC-UC For 8.4" - - -

GT21-04RPSGC-UCFor 4.3"

Wide

• Antiglare type

• Transparent

• Without a hole for the USB environmental

protection cover *2

• A set of 5 sheets

- - -

GT21-04PSGC-UC For 4.5" - - -

GT21-03PSGC-UC For 3.8" - - -

GT21-04RPSCC-UCFor 4.3"

Wide" • Clear type

• Transparent

• A set of 5 sheets

- - -

GT21-04PSCC-UC For 4.5" - - -

GT21-03PSCC-UC For 3.8" - - -

Environmental protection

sheet

GT25F-12ESGS For 12.1" • For conforming to IP67

• Antiglare type

• Slivery

• 1 sheet

- *5 - -

GT25F-10ESGS For 10.4" - *5 - -

GT25F-08ESGS For 8.4" - *5 - -

USB environmental

protection cover

GT25-UCOV Environmental protection cover for the USB interface on the GOT

front face (for replacement)

- -

GT25-05UCOV - - -

Protective cover for oil *3

GT20-15PCO For 15" - - -

GT20-12PCO For 12.1" - - -

GT20-10PCO For 10.4" -

GT20-08PCO For 8.4" -

GT25-05PCO For 5.7" - - -

GT21-04RPCO For 4.3" Wide - - -

GT10-20PCO For 3.8" - - -

Stand

GT15-90STAND For 15" - - -

GT15-80STAND For 12.1" - - -

GT15-70STAND For 10.4"/8.4" -

GT05-50STAND For 5.7" - - -

2.3 System Equipment 2 - 11

Page 40: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

*1 The while model does not have the front USB interface. It is recommended to use the products that the USB environmental

protection cover area is closed.

*2 When using the product with the USB environmental protection cover area closed, the front USB interface cannot be used.

*3 Check if the protective cover for oil can be used in the actual environment before use. When using the cover, the front USB

interface and human sensor cannot be used.

*4 Including the GP250 and GP260 manufactured by Digital Electronics Corporation.

*5 GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, GT2508F-V Only.

Memory card

SD card

NZ1MEM-2GBSD SD memory card for GOT, 2 GB

NZ1MEM-4GBSD SDHC memory card for GOT, 4 GB

NZ1MEM-8GBSD SDHC memory card for GOT, 8 GB

NZ1MEM-16GBSD SDHC memory card for GOT, 16 GB

L1MEM-2GBSD SD memory card for GOT, 2 GB

L1MEM-4GBSD SDHC memory card for GOT, 4 GB

CF card

GT05-MEM-128MC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 128 MB - - -

GT05-MEM-256MC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 256 MB - - -

GT05-MEM-512MC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 512 MB - - -

GT05-MEM-1GC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 1 GB - - -

GT05-MEM-2GC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 2 GB - - -

GT05-MEM-4GC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 4 GB - - -

GT05-MEM-8GC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 8 GB - - -

GT05-MEM-16GC CF card for GT27-MMR-Z, 16 GB - - -

Memory card adaptor GT05-MEM-ADPCConversion adapter from CF card for GT27-MMR-Z to memory

card (TYPE II) - - -

Attachment

GT15-70ATT-98

For 10.4"

For replacing GT168, GT158, A985GOT *4 -

GT15-70ATT-87For replacing A870GOT-SWS/TWS or A8GT-

70GOT-TB/TW/SB/SW -

GT15-60ATT-97

For 8.4"

For replacing GT167, GT157, A97GOT -

GT15-60ATT-96 For replacing A960GOT -

GT15-60ATT-87For replacing A870GOT-EWS, A8GT-70GOT-EB/

EW, A77GOT-EL, A77GOT-EL-S5/S3 -

GT15-60ATT-77For replacing A77GOT-CL, A77GOT-CL-S5/S3,

A77GOT-L, A77GOT-L-S5/S3 -

GT15-50ATT-95WFor 5.7"

For replacing A956WGOT, F940WGOT - - -

GT15-50ATT-85 For replacing A85GOT - - -

Battery GT11-50BATBattery for backup of SRAM data, clock data, and system status

log data.

(For

repla

cem

ent)

(For

repla

cem

ent)

(Opti

on)

-

Product name Model Description

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

2 - 12 2.3 System Equipment

Page 41: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2

SY

ST

EM

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N

2.3.6 Cable

1. Cable for MITSUBISHI PLC

Product name ModelCable

length

Reco

mmen

ded

produ

ct *1

Specifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

QCPU

Bus

connection

cable

QCPU connection cable

GOT-to-GOT

connection cable

GT15-QC06B 0.6 m

QCPU ←→ GOT

GOT ←→ GOT - -

GT15-QC12B 1.2 m

GT15-QC30B 3 m

GT15-QC50B 5 m

GT15-QC100B 10 m

QCPU connection cable

GOT-to-GOT

connection cable

(long distance)

GT15-QC150BS 15 m

For connecting the QCPU and

GOT (long distance), A9GT-

QCNB is required

For connecting the GOT and

GOT (long distance)

- -

GT15-QC200BS 20 m

GT15-QC250BS 25 m

GT15-QC300BS 30 m

GT15-QC350BS 35 m

Bus extension connector box A9GT-QCNB - -

Connect the connector box to the

main base unit of PLC when

connecting the QCPU and GOT

(long distance).

- -

Bus connection cable

Ferrite coreGT15-QFC - -

Attach a ferrite core to the GOT-

A900 bus connection cable when

an existing GOT-A900 is

replaced with a GOT2000. (two

ferrite cores/set)

- -

RS-485 terminal block conversion unit

FA-LTBGT2R4CBL05 0.5 m

RS-485 terminal block

conversion unit

With a cable for connecting RS-

422/485 (connector) of GOT2000

and a RS-485 terminal block

conversion unit

- -FA-LTBGT2R4CBL10 1 m

FA-LTBGT2R4CBL20 2 m

RS-422 conversion cable

FA-CNV2402CBL 0.2 m

For connecting the QCPU/

L02SCPU(-P) and the RS-422

cable (GT01-CR4-25P, GT10-

CR4-25P, GT21-CR4-25P5)

For connecting the L6ADP-R2

and the RS-422 cable (GT01-

CR4-25P, GT10-CR4-25P,

GT21-CR4-25P5) [MINI-DIN 6-

pin ←→ D-sub 25-pin]

FA-CNV2405CBL 0.5 m

2.3 System Equipment 2 - 13

Page 42: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

RS-422

Cable

QnA/A/FXCPU direct

connection cable

Computer link

connection cable

CC-Link (G4)

connection cable

GT01-C30R4-25P 3 m

-

For connecting the QnA/ACPU/

FXCPU/motion controller (A

series) and the GOT

For connecting the RS-422

connector conversion cable (FA-

CNVCBL) and the GOT

For connecting the serial

communication module and the

GOT

For connecting the peripheral

connection module (AJ65BT-G4-

S3) and the GOT

[D-sub 25-pin ←→ separate wire

(Connector terminal block 9-pin)]

*3*6

GT01-C100R4-25P 10 m

GT01-C200R4-25P 20 m

GT01-C300R4-25P 30 m

GT10-C30R4-25P 3 m

-

For connecting the QnA/ACPU/

FXCPU/motion controller (A

series) and the GOT

For connecting the RS-422

connector conversion cable (FA-

CNVCBL) and the GOT

For connecting the serial

communication module and the

GOT

For connecting the peripheral

connection module (AJ65BT-G4-

S3) and the GOT

[D-sub 25-pin ←→ separate wire

(Connector terminal block 9-pin)]

- - - *3

GT10-C100R4-25P 10 m

GT10-C200R4-25P 20 m

GT10-C300R4-25P 30 m

Product name ModelCable

length

Reco

mmen

ded

produ

ct *1

Specifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

2 - 14 2.3 System Equipment

Page 43: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2

SY

ST

EM

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N

RS-422

Cable

QnA/A/FXCPU direct

connection cable

Computer link

connection cable

CC-Link (G4)

connection cable

GT21-C30R4-25P5 3 m

-

For connecting the QnACPU and

GOT

For connecting the RS-422

connector conversion cable (FA-

CNVCBL) and GOT

For connecting the serial

communication module and GOT

For connecting the peripheral

connection module (AJ65BT-G4-

S3) and GOT

[D-sub 25-pin ←→ separate wire

(Connector terminal block 5-pin)]

*GT2103-PMBD cannot be

connected to Q00JCPU,

Q00CPU, or Q01CPU.

- - - *2

GT21-C100R4-25P5 10 m

GT21-C200R4-25P5 20 m

GT21-C300R4-25P5 30 m

Computer link

connection cable

GT09-C30R4-6C 3 m

For connecting the serial

communication module and GOT

For connecting a Computer link

module and GOT

[Separate wire ←→ D-sub 9-pin]

*3*7

GT09-C100R4-6C 10 m

GT09-C200R4-6C 20 m

GT09-C300R4-6C 30 m

FXCPU direct

connection cable

FXCPU

communication

expansion board

connection cable

GT01-C10R4-8P 1 m

-

For connecting the FXCPU and

GOT

For connecting the FXCPU

communication function

extension board and GOT

[MINI-DIN 8-pin ←→ D-sub 9

pin]

*3*7

GT01-C30R4-8P 3 m

GT01-C100R4-8P 10 m

GT01-C200R4-8P 20 m

GT01-C300R4-8P 30 m

GT10-C10R4-8P 1 m

-

For connecting the FXCPU and

GOT

For connecting the FXCPU

communication function

extension board and GOT

[MINI-DIN 8-pin ←→ separate

wire (Connector terminal block 9-

pin)]

- - - *4

GT10-C30R4-8P 3 m

GT10-C100R4-8P 10 m

GT10-C200R4-8P 20 m

GT10-C300R4-8P 30 m

GT21-C10R4-8P5 1 m

-

For connecting the FXCPU and

GOT

For connecting the FXCPU

communication function

extension board and GOT

[MINI-DIN 8-pin and separate

wire (Connector terminal block 5-

pin)]

- - *2

GT21-C30R4-8P5 3 m

GT21-C100R4-8P5 10 m

GT21-C200R4-8P5 20 m

GT21-C300R4-8P5 30 m

Product name ModelCable

length

Reco

mmen

ded

produ

ct *1

Specifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

2.3 System Equipment 2 - 15

Page 44: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

RS-422

Cable

FXCPU direct

connection cable

FXCPU

communication

expansion board

connection cable

GT10-C10R4-8PL 1 m -

For connecting the FXCPU and

GOT

For connecting the FXCPU

communication function

extension board and GOT

[MINI-DIN 8-pin ←→ separate

wire (Connector terminal block 9-

pin)]

*This cable cannot be used for

FX1NC, FX2NC, FX3UC-D/DSS,

or FX3G.

- - *4

GT10-C10R4-8PC 1 m

-

For connecting the FXCPU and

GOT

For connecting the FXCPU

communication function

extension board and GOT

[MINI-DIN 8-pin ←→ Connector

terminal block 9-pin]

- - *4

GT10-C30R4-8PC 3 m

GT10-C100R4-8PC 10 m

GT10-C200R4-8PC 20 m

GT10-C300R4-8PC 30 m

RS-422 connector

conversion cableGT10-C02H-9SC 0.2 m -

For connecting a PLC and GOT

[D-sub 9-pin ←→ separate wire

(Connector terminal block 9-pin)]

- - *3

RS-232

cable

Q/LCPU direct

connection cableGT01-C30R2-6P 3 m -

For connecting the Q/LCPU and

GOT

For connecting L6ADP-R2 and

GOT/personal computer (GT

SoftGOT2000)

[MINI-DIN 6-pin ←→ D-sub 9

pin]

*5*8

Q/LCPU direct

connection cableGT10-C30R2-6P 3 m -

For connecting the Q/LCPU and

GOT

[MINI-DIN 6-pin ←→ separate

wire (Connector terminal block 9-

pin)]

- - *6

For connecting multiple GOTs

[MINI-DIN 6-pin ←→ separate

wire (Connector terminal block 9-

pin)]

- - *5

FXCPU communication

function extension

board connection cable

FXCPU communication

special adapter

connection cable

GT01-C30R2-9S 3m -

For connecting the FXCPU

communication function

extension board and GOT/

personal computer (GT

SoftGOT2000)

For connecting an FXCPU

communication special adapter

and GOT/personal computer (GT

SoftGOT2000)

[D-sub 9-pin ←→ D-sub 9 pin]

*5*8

FXCPU communication

special adapter

connection cable

GT01-C30R2-25P 3 m -

For connecting an FXCPU

communication special adapter

and GOT/personal computer (GT

SoftGOT2000)

[D-sub 25-pin ←→ D-sub 9 pin]

*5*8

Product name ModelCable

length

Reco

mmen

ded

produ

ct *1

Specifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

2 - 16 2.3 System Equipment

Page 45: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2

SY

ST

EM

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N

RS-232

cable

Computer link

connection cable

CC-Link (G4)

connection cable

GT09-C30R2-9P 3 m

For connecting the serial

communication module and GOT

For connecting a Computer link

module and GOT

For connecting the peripheral

connection module (AJ65BT-

R2N) and GOT

[D-sub 9-pin ←→ D-sub 9 pin]

*5*8

Computer link

connection cableGT09-C30R2-25P 3 m

For connecting the serial

communication module and GOT

For connecting a Computer link

module and GOT

[D-sub 25-pin ←→ D-sub 9 pin]

*5*8

RS-232 connector

conversion cableGT10-C02H-6PT9P 0.2 m -

For connecting a PLC and GOT

For connecting multiple GOTs

For connecting a barcode reader,

RFID, or serial printer and a GOT

[D-sub 9-pin ←→ MINI-DIN 6-

pin]

- - - *5

Data transfer cable GT01-C30R2-6P 3 m -

For connecting the GOT and the

personal computer (This cable is

used only for the FA transparent

function. Do not use this cable to

transfer screen or OS data.)

[MINI-DIN 6-pin ←→ D-sub 9-

pin]

- - - *5

Conversion cable for connecting

External I/O unitGT15-C03HTB 0.3 m

For connecting an External I/O

unit (GT15-DIO) and external I/O

interface unit (A8GT-C05TK,

A8GT-C30TB, user-fabricated

cable) for GOT-A900

- -

Analog RGB cable GT15-C50VG 5 m

For connecting an external

monitor/personal computer/

vision sensor and GOT

- - -

USB cableData transfer cable

Printer connection cableGT09-C30USB-5P 3 m

For connecting a personal

computer (Screen creation

software) and GOT

For connecting a personal

computer (GT SoftGOT2000)

and QnU/L/FXCPU

For connecting a PictBridge-

compatible printer and printer

unit (GT15-PRN)

[USB-A ←→ USB Mini-B]

*9

Extended USB waterproof cable GT10-C10EXUSB-5S 1 m -

Use this cable for extracting the

USB port of a GOT to the surface

of a control panel

- - -

Product name ModelCable

length

Reco

mmen

ded

produ

ct *1

Specifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

2.3 System Equipment 2 - 17

Page 46: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

*1 FA-LTBGT2R4CBL, FA-CNV240CBL are developed by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Company Limited and sold through

your local sales office.

The other products listed are developed by Mitsubishi Electric Systems & Service Co., LTD. and sold through your local sales office.

*2 This cable is usable for GT2104-RMBD, GT2103-PMBD.

*3 This cable is usable for GT2104-RTBD, GT2104-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS.

*4 This cable is usable for GT2104-RTBD, GT2104-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBLS.

For GT2103-PMBLS, use a 3 m or shorter cable.*5 This cable is usable for GT2104-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS2.

*6 This cable is usable for GT2104-RTBD,GT2103-PMBDS2.

*7 GT2104-RTBD, GT2104-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS is possible to correspond by combining the GT10-C02H-9SC type RS-422

connector conversion cable.

*8 GT2104-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS2 is possible to correspond by combining the GT10-C02H-6PT9P type RS-

232 connector conversion cable.

*9 This cable is not usable for the printer connection.

*10 This cable is usable for GT2104-RTBD, GT2104-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS.

*11 This cable is usable for GT2104-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS2.

2. Cable for OMRON PLC

*1 This cable can be used if connected with the RS-232 connector conversion cable GT10-C02H-6PT9P.

*2 This cable can be used if connected with the RS-422 connector conversion cable GT10-C02H-9SC.

3. Cable for KEYENCE PLC

*1 This cable can be used if connected with the RS-232 connector conversion cable GT10-C02H-6PT9P.

*2 This cable can be used if connected with the RS-422 connector conversion cable GT10-C02H-9SC.

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

RS-232 cable

GT09-C30R20101-9P 3 m

For connecting an OMRON PLC/serial

communication module/communication board

and GOT

*1GT09-C30R20102-25S 3 m

For connecting an OMRON connection cable

and GOT

GT09-C30R20103-25P 3 mFor connecting an OMRON rack type host link

unit and GOT

RS-422 cable

GT09-C30R40101-9P 3 m

For connecting an OMRON PLC/serial

communication module/serial communication

board and GOT

*2GT09-C100R40101-9P 10 m

GT09-C200R40101-9P 20 m

GT09-C300R40101-9P 30 m

GT09-C30R40102-9P 3 m

For connecting an OMRON rack type host link

unit and GOT *2

GT09-C100R40102-9P 10 m

GT09-C200R40102-9P 20 m

GT09-C300R40102-9P 30 m

GT09-C30R40103-5T 3 m

For connecting an OMRON communication

board and GOT *2

GT09-C100R40103-5T 10 m

GT09-C200R40103-5T 20 m

GT09-C300R40103-5T 30 m

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

RS-232 cable

GT09-C30R21101-6P 3 m For connecting a KEYENCE PLC and GOT

*1GT09-C30R21102-9S 3 m For connecting a KEYENCE multi-

communication unit and GOTGT09-C30R21103-3T 3 m

RS-422 cable

GT09-C30R41101-5T 3 m

For connecting a KEYENCE multi-

communication unit and GOT *2

GT09-C100R41101-5T 10 m

GT09-C200R41101-5T 20 m

GT09-C300R41101-5T 30 m

2 - 18 2.3 System Equipment

Page 47: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2

SY

ST

EM

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N

4. Cable for SHARP PLC

5. Cable for JTEKT PLC

6. Cable for SHINKO indicating controller

7. Cable for TOSHIBA PLC

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

RS-232 cableGT09-C30R20601-15P 3 m

For connecting a SHARP PLC and GOT -GT09-C30R20602-15P 3 m

RS-422 cable

GT09-C30R40601-15P 3 m

For connecting a SHARP PLC and GOT -

GT09-C100R40601-15P 10 m

GT09-C200R40601-15P 20 m

GT09-C300R40601-15P 30 m

GT09-C30R40602-15P 3 m

GT09-C100R40602-15P 10 m

GT09-C200R40602-15P 20 m

GT09-C300R40602-15P 30 m

GT09-C30R40603-6T 3 m

GT09-C100R40603-6T 10 m

GT09-C200R40603-6T 20 m

GT09-C300R40603-6T 30 m

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

RS-232 cable GT09-C30R21201-25P 3 m For connecting a JTEKT PLC and GOT -

RS-422 cable

GT09-C30R41201-6C 3 m

For connecting a JTEKT PLC and GOT -GT09-C100R41201-6C 10 m

GT09-C200R41201-6C 20 m

GT09-C300R41201-6C 30m

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

RS-232 cable GT09-C30R21401-4T 3 mFor connecting a SHINKO indicating controller

and GOT -

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

RS-232 cableGT09-C30R20501-9P 3 m

For connecting a TOSHIBA PLC and GOT -GT09-C30R20502-15P 3 m

2.3 System Equipment 2 - 19

Page 48: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

8. Cable for HITACHI IES PLC

9. Cable for HITACHI PLC

RS-422 cable

GT09-C30R40501-15P 3 m

For connecting a TOSHIBA PLC and GOT -

GT09-C100R40501-15P 10 m

GT09-C200R40501-15P 20 m

GT09-C300R40501-15P 30 m

GT09-C30R40502-6C 3 m

GT09-C100R40502-6C 10 m

GT09-C200R40502-6C 20 m

GT09-C300R40502-6C 30 m

GT09-C30R40503-15P 3 m

GT09-C100R40503-15P 10 m

GT09-C200R40503-15P 20 m

GT09-C300R40503-15P 30 m

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

RS-232 cableGT09-C30R20401-15P 3 m

For connecting a HITACHI IES PLC/intelligent

serial port module and GOT -

GT09-C30R20402-15P 3 m For connecting a HITACHI IES PLC and GOT -

RS-422 cable

GT09-C30R40401-7T 3 m

For connecting a HITACHI IES intelligent serial

port module and GOT -

GT09-C100R40401-7T 10 m

GT09-C200R40401-7T 20 m

GT09-C300R40401-7T 30 m

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

RS-232 cable GT09-C30R21301-9S 3 mFor connecting a HITACHI communication

module and GOT -

RS-422 cable

GT09-C30R41301-9S 3 m

For connecting a HITACHI PLC/

communication module and GOT -

GT09-C100R41301-9S 10 m

GT09-C200R41301-9S 20 m

GT09-C300R41301-9S 30 m

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

2 - 20 2.3 System Equipment

Page 49: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2

SY

ST

EM

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N

10. Cable for FUJI FA PLC

11. Cable for Panasonic IDS PLC

*1 This cable can be used if connected with the RS-232 connector conversion cable GT10-C02H-6PT9P.

12. Cable for YASKAWA PLC

*1 This cable is usable with the RS-232 connector conversion cable GT10-C02H-6PT9P

*2 This cable is usable with the RS-422 connector conversion cable GT10-C02H-9SC.

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

RS-232 cable GT09-C30R21003-25P 3 m

For connecting a FUJI FA RS-232C interface

card/RS-232C interface capsule/RS-485

interface capsule/general-purpose interface

module and GOT

-

RS-422 cable

GT09-C30R41001-6T 3 m

For connecting a FUJI FA RS-232C interface

capsule/485 interface capsule/general-purpose

interface module and GOT

-GT09-C100R41001-6T 10 m

GT09-C200R41001-6T 20 m

GT09-C300R41001-6T 30 m

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

RS-232 cable

GT09-C30R20901-25P 3 mFor connecting a Panasonic IDS RS422/

RS232C conversion adapter and GOT *1

GT09-C30R20902-9P 3 mFor connecting a Panasonic IDS PLC/

computer communication unit and GOT *1

GT09-C30R20903-9P 3 m For connecting a Panasonic IDS PLC and

GOT *1

GT09-C30R20904-3C 3 m

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

RS-232 cable

GT09-C30R20201-9P 3 m

For connecting a YASKAWA PLC and GOT *1GT09-C30R20202-15P 3 m

GT09-C30R20203-9P 3 m

GT09-C30R20204-14P 3 m

GT09-C30R20205-25P 3 mFor connecting a YASKAWA MEMOBUS

module and GOT *1

RS-422 cable

GT09-C30R40201-9P 3 m

For connecting a YASKAWA MEMOBUS

module and GOT *2

GT09-C100R40201-9P 10 m

GT09-C200R40201-9P 20 m

GT09-C300R40201-9P 30 m

GT09-C30R40202-14P 3 m

For connecting a YASKAWA PLC and GOT *2GT09-C100R40202-14P 10 m

GT09-C200R40202-14P 20 m

GT09-C300R40202-14P 30 m

2.3 System Equipment 2 - 21

Page 50: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

13. Cable for YOKOGAWA PLC and temperature controller

14. ALLEN-BRADLEY PLC cables

*1 This cable is usable with the RS-232 connector conversion cable GT10-C02H-6PT9P

15. Cable for SIEMENS PLC

*1 This cable can be used if connected with the RS-232 connector conversion cable GT10-C02H-6PT9P.

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

RS-232 cable

GT09-C30R20301-9P 3 mFor connecting a YOKOGAWA CPU port/D-

sub 9-pin conversion cable and GOT -

GT09-C30R20302-9P 3 mFor connecting a YOKOGAWA PC link module

and GOT -

GT09-C30R20304-9S 3 mFor connection a YOKOGAWA converter

(ML2-) and GOT -

GT09-C30R20305-9S 3 m For connecting a YOKOGAWA PLC and GOT -

RS-422 cable

GT09-C30R40301-6T 3 m

For connecting a YOKOGAWA PC link module

and GOT -

GT09-C100R40301-6T 10 m

GT09-C200R40301-6T 20 m

GT09-C300R40301-6T 30 m

GT09-C30R40302-6T 3 m

GT09-C100R40302-6T 10 m

GT09-C200R40302-6T 20 m

GT09-C300R40302-6T 30 m

GT09-C30R40303-6T 3 m

For connecting a YOKOGAWA temperature

controller (GREEN series) and GOT -

GT09-C100R40303-6T 10 m

GT09-C200R40303-6T 20 m

GT09-C300R40303-6T 30 m

GT09-C30R40304-6T 3 m

For connecting a YOKOGAWA temperature

controller (UT2000 series) and GOT -

GT09-C100R40304-6T 10 m

GT09-C200R40304-6T 20 m

GT09-C300R40304-6T 30 m

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

RS-232 cable GT09-C30R20701-9S 3 mFor connecting an ALLEN-BRADLEY PLC and

GOT *1

Product name ModelCable

lengthSpecifications

Supported model

GT

27

GT

25

GT

23

GT

21

RS-232 cable GT09-C30R20801-9S 3 mFor connecting a SIEMENS HMI Adapter and

GOT *1

2 - 22 2.3 System Equipment

Page 51: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2

SY

ST

EM

CO

NF

IGU

RA

TIO

N

2.3.7 Others

1. Peripheral deviceOf the following peripheral devices, you can use some models that we validated.For the validated models expect the SD cards, refer to the following Technical News.

List of valid devices applicable for GOT2000 series (GOT-A-0064)For the validated models of the SD cards, refer to the following Technical News.

Information of valid Non-Mitsubishi SD cards applicable for GOT2000 series(GOT-A-0065)

For Technical News, go to the MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC FA Global Website.http://www.mitsubishielectric.co.jp/fa/

Product name Overview

Barcode reader RS-232 connection

Commercially available product

2D code reader RS-232 connection

RFID controller RS-232 connection

USB mouse

USB keyboard

Memory card reader/writer

SD card

USB memory

Hub

Wireless LAN access point

Video camera

Speaker

2.3 System Equipment 2 - 23

Page 52: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2 - 24 2.3 System Equipment

Page 53: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

3. SPECIFICATIONS

3.1 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2

3.2 Performance Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 5

3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 32

3.4 Battery Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 38

3 - 1

Page 54: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3.1 General Specifications

The following shows the general specifications of the GOT.

3.1.1 GT27,GT25

*1 The operating ambient temperature indicates the temperature inside the enclosure of the control panel to which the GOT is

installed.

*2 When any of the following units is mounted, the maximum operating ambient temperature must be 5°C lower than the one

described in the general specifications.

*3 GT27 :

Multimedia unit (GT27-MMR-Z)

MELSECNET/H communication unit (GT15-J71LP23-25,GT15-J71BR13)

CC-Link communication unit (GT15-J61BT13)

GT25 :MELSECNET/H communication unit (GT15-J71LP23-25,GT15-J71BR13)CC-Link communication unit (GT15-J61BT13)

*4 Do not use or store the GOT under a pressure higher than the atmospheric pressure at altitude 0 m.

Doing so may cause a malfunction.Air purging by applying pressure to the control panel may create clearance between the surface sheet and the touch panel. This may cause the touch panel to be not sensitive enough or the sheet to come off. the screen, making you difficult to use the touch panel, or the sheet may come off.

*5 This indicates the section of the power supply to which the equipment is assumed to be connected between the public electrical

power distribution network and the machinery within the premises.

Category II applies to equipment for which electrical power is supplied from fixed facilities.The withstand surge voltage for the equipment with the rated voltage up to 300 V is 2500 V.

*6 This indicates the occurrence rate of conductive material in an environment where a device is used. Pollution degree 2 indicates

an environment where only non-conductive pollution occurs normally and a temporary conductivity caused by condensation shall

be expected depending on the conditions.

*7 Some models have ANSI/ISA12.12.01 approval for use in Class I, Division 2 hazardous locations. For the details, go to the

MITSUBISHI ELECTLIC FA Global Website (http://www.MitsubishiElectric.com/fa/).

Item Specifications

Operating ambient temperature *1 0 °C to 55 °C *2

Storage ambient temperature -20°C to 60°C

Operating ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing

Storage ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing

Vibration resistance

Compliant with

JIS B3502 and

IEC61131-2

Frequency Acceleration Half amplitude Sweep count

Under

intermittent

vibration

5 to 8.4 Hz - 3.5 mm 10 times in each

X, Y, or Z

direction8.4 to 150 Hz 9.8 m/s2 -

Under

continuous

vibration

5 to 8.4 Hz - 1.75 mm

-8.4 to 150 Hz 4.9 m/s2

Shock resistant Compliant with JIS B3502 and IEC61131-2 (147 m/s2(15G),3 times in each X, Y, or Z direction)

Operating atmosphere *6No greasy fumes, corrosive gas, flammable gas, excessive conductive dust,

and direct sunlight (as well as at storage)

Operating altitude *3 2000 m or less

Installation location Inside control panel

Overvoltage category *4 II or less

Pollution degree *5 2 or less

Cooling method Self-cooling

GroundingGrounding with a ground resistance of 100 Ω or less.

If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel.

3 - 2 3.1 General Specifications

Page 55: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

3.1.2 GT23

*1 The operating ambient temperature indicates the temperature inside the enclosure of the control panel to which the GOT is

installed.

*2 If the ambient temperature exceeds 40 °C, the absolute humidity must not exceed 90% at 40 °C.

*3 Do not use or store the GOT under a pressure higher than the atmospheric pressure at altitude 0 m.

Doing so may cause a malfunction.Air purging by applying pressure to the control panel may create clearance between the surface sheet and the touch panel. This may cause the touch panel to be not sensitive enough or the sheet to come off. the screen, making you difficult to use the touch panel, or the sheet may come off.

*4 This indicates the section of the power supply to which the equipment is assumed to be connected between the public electrical

power distribution network and the machinery within the premises.

Category II applies to equipment for which electrical power is supplied from fixed facilities.The withstand surge voltage for the equipment with the rated voltage up to 300 V is 2500 V.

*5 This indicates the occurrence rate of conductive material in an environment where a device is used. Pollution degree 2 indicates

an environment where only non-conductive pollution occurs normally and a temporary conductivity caused by condensation shall

be expected depending on the conditions.

*6 DC5V type is not required ground.

Item Specifications

Operating ambient temperature *1 0 °C to 55 °C

Storage ambient temperature -20 °C to 60 °C

Operating ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *2

Storage ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *2

Vibration resistance

Compliant with

JIS B3502 and

IEC61131-2

Frequency Acceleration Half amplitude Sweep count

Under

intermittent

vibration

5 to 8.4 Hz - 3.5 mm 10 times in each

X, Y, or Z

direction8.4 to 150 Hz 9.8 m/s2 -

Under

continuous

vibration

5 to 8.4Hz - 1.75 mm

-8.4 to 150 Hz 4.9 m/s2

Shock resistant Compliant with JIS B3502 and IEC61131-2 (147 m/s2(15G),3 times in each X, Y, or Z direction)

Operating atmosphereNo greasy fumes, corrosive gas, flammable gas, excessive conductive dust,

and direct sunlight (as well as at storage)

Operating altitude *3 2000 m or less

Installation location Inside control panel

Overvoltage category *4 II or less

Pollution degree *5 2 or less

Cooling method Self-cooling

GroundingGrounding with a ground resistance of 100 Ω or less.

If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel. *6

3.1 General Specifications 3 - 3

Page 56: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3.1.3 GT21

*1 The operating ambient temperature indicates the temperature inside the enclosure of the control panel to which the GOT is

installed.

*2 If the ambient temperature exceeds 40 °C, the absolute humidity must not exceed 90% at 40 °C.

*3 Do not use or store the GOT under a pressure higher than the atmospheric pressure at altitude 0 m.

Doing so may cause a malfunction.Air purging by applying pressure to the control panel may create clearance between the surface sheet and the touch panel. This may cause the touch panel to be not sensitive enough or the sheet to come off.

*4 This indicates the section of the power supply to which the equipment is assumed to be connected between the public electrical

power distribution network and the machinery within the premises.

Category II applies to equipment for which electrical power is supplied from fixed facilities.The withstand surge voltage for the equipment with the rated voltage up to 300 V is 2500 V.

*5 This indicates the occurrence rate of conductive material in an environment where a device is used. Pollution degree 2 indicates

an environment where only non-conductive pollution occurs normally and a temporary conductivity caused by condensation shall

be expected depending on the conditions.

Item Specifications

Operating ambient temperature *1 0°C to 55°C (Horizontal installation), 0°C to 50°C (Vertical installation)

Storage ambient temperature -20°C to 60°C

Operating ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *2

Storage ambient humidity 10% RH to 90% RH, non-condensing *2

Vibration resistance

Compliant with

JIS B3502 and

IEC61131-2

Frequency Acceleration Half amplitude Sweep count

Under

intermittent

vibration

5 to 8.4 Hz - 3.5 mm 10 times in each

X, Y, or Z

direction8.4 to 150 Hz 9.8 m/s2 -

Under

continuous

vibration

5 to 8.4 Hz - 1.75 mm

-8.4 to 150 Hz 4.9 m/s2

Shock resistant Compliant with JIS B3502 and IEC61131-2 (147 m/s2 (15G), 3 times in each X, Y, or Z direction)

Operating atmosphereNo greasy fumes, corrosive gas, flammable gas, excessive conductive dust,

and direct sunlight (as well as at storage)

Operating altitude *3 2000 m or less

Installation location Inside control panel

Overvoltage category *4 II or less

Pollution degree *5 2 or less

Cooling method Self-cooling

GroundingGrounding with a ground resistance of 100 Ω or less.

If impossible, connect the ground cable to the control panel.

3 - 4 3.1 General Specifications

Page 57: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

3.2 Performance Specifications

The following shows the performance specifications of the GOT.

3.2.1 GT27

1. GT2715-X

ItemSpecifications

GT2715-XTBA,GT2715-XTBD

Display

section*1*2

Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 15"

Resolution XGA: 1024×768 dots

Display size 304.1(12.0)(W)×228.1(8.98)(H) mm(inch)

Number of displayed

characters

16-dot standard font: 64 chars. × 48 lines (2-byte)

12-dot standard font: 85 chars. × 64 lines (2-byte)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness

Adjustment32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25°C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3

Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 × 2 dots (per key)

Simultaneous press Up to two points

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor

Detection length 1 m

Detection

temperatureTemperature difference between human body and ambient air: 4 °C or higher

User memory

capacity

User memory

capacityMemory for storage (ROM): 57MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 128MB

Life (number of write

times)100000 times

Built-in clock precision ±90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

BatteryGT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Built-in interface

RS-2321 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/4851 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet1 channel Data transfer method: 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX

Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

USB (Host)2 channel (front face, rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device)1 channel (front face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension

interfaceFor installing an option unit

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Productive structure Outside the enclosure: IP67 *5 Inside the enclosure: IP2X

External dimensions 397(15.63)(W)×300(11.81)(H)×60(D) mm(inch)

3.2 Performance Specifications 3 - 5

Page 58: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel.

Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and back dots cannot

be reduced to zero.

Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering.

Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or

damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.

• Material: polycarbonate resin• Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the

backlight.

*5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a touch switch near the touched points may operate

unexpectedly.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel.

Panel cut dimensions 383.5(15.10)(W)×282.5(11.12)(H) mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 4.5(9.9) kg(lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.112S or later

ItemSpecifications

GT2715-XTBA,GT2715-XTBD

3 - 6 3.2 Performance Specifications

Page 59: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

2. GT2712-S

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel.

ItemSpecifications

GT2712-STBA, GT2712-STBD GT2712-STWA, GT2712-STWD

Display section

*1*2

Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 12.1"

Resolution SVGA: 800 × 600 dots

Display size 246(9.685) (W) × 184.5(7.264) (H) mm(inch)

Number of displayed

characters

16-dot standard font: 50 characters × 37 lines (two-byte characters)

12-dot standard font: 66 characters × 50 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness

Adjustment32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25°C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3

Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 × 2 dots (per key)

Simultaneous press Up to two points

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor

Detection length 1 m

Detection

temperatureTemperature difference between human body and ambient air: 4 °C or higher

User memory

capacity

User memory

capacityMemory for storage (ROM): 57MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 128MB

Life (number of write

times)100000 times

Built-in clock precision ±90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

BatteryGT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Built-in interface

RS-2321 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/4851 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet1 channel Data transfer method: 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX

Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

USB (Host)2 channel (front face, rear face) 1 channel (rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device)1 channel (front face) 1 channel (rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension

interfaceFor installing an option unit

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Productive structure Outside the enclosure: IP67*5 Inside the enclosure: IP2X

External dimensions 316 (12.44)(W) × 246(9.69) (H) × 52(2.05) (D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions 302(11.89) (W) × 228(8.98) (H) mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 2.4(5.3) kg(lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.112S or later

3.2 Performance Specifications 3 - 7

Page 60: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and back dots cannot

be reduced to zero.

Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering.

Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or

damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.

• Material: polycarbonate resin•Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the

backlight.

*5 To conform to IP67, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (To conform to IP2X, open

the USB environmental protection cover.)

Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

3 - 8 3.2 Performance Specifications

Page 61: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

3. GT2710-S, GT2710-V

Item

Specifications

GT2710-STBA

GT2710-STBD

GT2710-VTBA

GT2710-VTBD

GT2710-VTWA

GT2710-VTWD

Display section

*1*2

Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 10.4"

Resolution SVGA: 800 × 600 dots VGA: 640 × 480 dots

Display size 211.2(8.315) (W) × 158.4(6.236) (H) mm(inch)

Number of displayed

characters

16-dot standard font: 50 characters

× 37 lines (two-byte characters)

12-dot standard font: 66 characters

× 50 lines (two-byte characters)

16-dot standard font: 40 characters × 30 lines (two-byte characters)

12-dot standard font: 53 characters × 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness

Adjustment32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3

Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 × 2 dots (per key)

Simultaneous press Up to two points

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor

Detection length -

Detection

temperature-

User memory

capacity

User memory

capacityMemory for storage (ROM): 57MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 128MB

Life (number of write

times)100000 times

Built-in clock precision ±90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

BatteryGT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Built-in interface

RS-2321 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/4851 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet1 channel Data transfer method: 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX

Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

USB (Host)2 channel (front face, rear face) 1 channel (rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device)1 channel (front face) 1 channel (rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension

interfaceFor installing an option unit

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Productive structure Outside the enclosure: IP67 *5 Inside the enclosure: IP2X

External dimensions 303 (11.93)(W) × 218(8.58) (H) × 52 (2.05)(D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions 289(11.38) (W) × 200 (7.87)(H) mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 2.1(4.6)kg(lb)

3.2 Performance Specifications 3 - 9

Page 62: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel.

Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and back dots cannot

be reduced to zero.

Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering.

Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or

damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.

• Material: polycarbonate resin•Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the

backlight.

*5 To conform to IP67, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (To conform to IP2X, open

the USB environmental protection cover.)

Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.112S or later

Item

Specifications

GT2710-STBA

GT2710-STBD

GT2710-VTBA

GT2710-VTBD

GT2710-VTWA

GT2710-VTWD

3 - 10 3.2 Performance Specifications

Page 63: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

4. GT2708-S, GT2708-V

ItemSpecifications

GT2708-STBA, GT2708-STBD GT2708-VTBA, GT2708-VTBD

Display section

*1*2

Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 8.4"

Resolution SVGA: 800 × 600 dots VGA: 640 × 480 dots

Display size 170.9(6.728) (W) × 128.2(5.047) (H) mm(inch)

Number of displayed

characters

16-dot standard font: 50 characters × 37 lines (two-byte

characters)

12-dot standard font: 66 characters × 50 lines (two-byte

characters)

16-dot standard font: 40 characters × 30 lines (two-byte

characters)

12-dot standard font: 53 characters × 40 lines (two-byte

characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness

Adjustment32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3

Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 × 2 dots (per key)

Simultaneous press Up to two points

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor

Detection length -

Detection

temperature-

User memory

capacity

User memory

capacityMemory for storage (ROM): 57MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 128MB

Life (number of write

times)100000 times

Built-in clock precision ±90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

BatteryGT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Built-in interface

RS-2321 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/4851 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet1 channel Data transfer method: 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX

1Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

USB (Host)2 channel (front face, rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device)1 channel (front face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension

interfaceFor installing an option unit

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Productive structure Outside the enclosure: IP67 *5 Inside the enclosure: IP2X

External dimensions 241 (9.49)(W) × 194 (7.64)(H) × 52(2.05) (D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions 227(8.94)(W) × 176(6.93) (H) mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 1.5(3.3)kg(lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.112S or later

3.2 Performance Specifications 3 - 11

Page 64: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel.

Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and back dots cannot

be reduced to zero.

Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering.

Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or

damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.

• Material: polycarbonate resin•Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the

backlight.

*5 To conform to IP67, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (To conform to IP2X, open

the USB environmental protection cover.)

Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

3 - 12 3.2 Performance Specifications

Page 65: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

5. GT2705-V

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel.

ItemSpecifications

GT2705-VTBD

Display section

*1*2

Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 5.7"

Resolution VGA: 640 × 480 dots

Display size 115.2(4.535) (W) × 86.4(3.402) (H) mm(inch)

Number of displayed

characters

16-dot standard font: 40 characters × 30 lines (two-byte characters)

12-dot standard font: 53 characters × 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness

Adjustment32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3

Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 × 2 dots (per key)

Simultaneous press Up to two points

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor

Detection length -

Detection

temperature-

User memory

capacity

User memory

capacityMemory for storage (ROM): 32MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 80MB

Life (number of write

times)100000 times

Built-in clock precision ±90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

BatteryGT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Built-in interface

RS-2321 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/4851 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet1 channel Data transfer method: 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX

Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

USB (Host)2 channel (front face, rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device)1 channel (front face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension

interface-

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Productive structure Outside the enclosure: IP67 *5 Inside the enclosure: IP2X

External dimensions 167 (6.57)(W) × 139 (5.47)(H) × 60(2.36) (D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions 153(6.02)(W) × 121(4.76) (H) mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 1.0(2.2)kg(lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.130L or later

3.2 Performance Specifications 3 - 13

Page 66: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and back dots cannot

be reduced to zero.

Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering.

Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or

damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.

• Material: polycarbonate resin•Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the

backlight.

*5 To conform to IP67, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (To conform to IP2X, open

the USB environmental protection cover.)

Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

*6 When multiple devices such as extension units, a barcode reader, and an RFID controller are connected, the total amount of

current must be within the maximum amount of current supplied by the GOT.

For the amount of current required for an extension unit, a barcode reader, or an RFID controller, and the maximum amount of current supplied by the GOT, refer to the following.

11.8 Calculating consumed current of GT2705-V

3 - 14 3.2 Performance Specifications

Page 67: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

3.2.2 GT25

1. GT2512-S, GT2512F-S

ItemSpecifications

GT2512-STBA, GT2512-STBD GT2512F-STNA, GT2512F-STND

Display section

*1*2

Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 12.1"

Resolution SVGA: 800 × 600 dots

Display size 246(9.685) (W) × 184.5(7.264) (H) mm(inch)

Number of displayed

characters

16-dot standard font: 50 characters × 37 lines (two-byte characters)

12-dot standard font: 66 characters × 50 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness

adjustment32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3

Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 × 2 dots (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor

Detection length -

Detection

temperature-

User memory

capacity

User memory

capacityMemory for storage (ROM): 32MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 80MB

Life (number of write

times)100000 times

Built-in clock precision ±90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

BatteryGT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Built-in interface

RS-2321 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/4851 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet1 channel Data transfer method: 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX

Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

USB (Host)2 channels (Front face, rear face) 1 channels (rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device)1 channel (Front face) 1 channels (rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension

interface-

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Productive structure Front: IP67 *6 In control panel: IP2X Front: IP67 *7 In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 316(12.44) (W) × 246(9.69) (H) × 52(2.05) (D) mm(inch) 311(12.24)(W)×237(9.33)H)×54(2.13)(D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions 302(11.89) (W) × 228(8.98) (H) mm(inch) 269(10.59)(W)×214(8.43)(H) mm(inch)

Weight (Excluding installation fitting) 2.4(5.3) kg(lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.112C or later GT Works3 Version1.150G or later

3.2 Performance Specifications 3 - 15

Page 68: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel.

Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and back dots cannot

be reduced to zero.

Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering.

Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or

damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.

• Material: polycarbonate resin• Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the

backlight.

*5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a touch switch near the touched points may operate

unexpectedly.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel.

*6 To conform to IP67, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (To conform to IP2X, open

the USB environmental protection cover.)

Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

*7 To conform to IP67attach the environmental protection sheet.

Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

3 - 16 3.2 Performance Specifications

Page 69: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

2. GT2510-V, GT2510F-V

ItemSpecifications

GT2510-VTBA, GT2510-VTBD GT2510-VTWA, GT2510-VTWD GT2510F-VTNA, GT2510F-VTND

Display section

*1*2

Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 10.4"

Resolution VGA: 640 × 480 dots

Display size 211.2(8.315) (W) × 158.4(6.236) (H) mm(inch)

Number of displayed

characters

16-dot standard font: 40 characters × 30 lines (two-byte characters)

12-dot standard font: 53 characters × 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness

Adjustment32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3

Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 × 2 dots (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor

Detection length -

Detection

temperature-

User memory

capacity

User memory

capacityMemory for storage (ROM): 32MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 80MB

Life (number of write

times)100000 times

Built-in clock precision ±90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

BatteryGT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Built-in interface

RS-2321 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/4851 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet1 channel Data transfer method: 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX

Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

USB (Host)2 channel (front face, rear face) 1 channel (rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device)1 channel (front face) 1 channel (rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension

interface-

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Productive structure Outside the enclosure: IP67 *6 Inside the enclosure: IP2X Front: IP67 *7 In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 303 (11.93)(W) × 218(8.58) (H) × 52 (2.05)(D) mm(inch)298(11.73)(W)×209(8.23)(H)×54(2.

13)(D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions 289(11.38) (W) × 200 (7.87)(H) mm(inch)234(9.21)(W)×187(7.36)(H)

mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 2.1(4.6)kg(lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.112S or later GT Works3 Version1.150G or later

3.2 Performance Specifications 3 - 17

Page 70: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel.

Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and back dots cannot

be reduced to zero.

Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering.

Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or

damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.

• Material: polycarbonate resin•Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the

backlight.

*5 When 2 points on the touch panel are pressed simultaneously, if a switch is located the middle of the 2 points then the switch will

be activated. Therefore, avoid pressing 2 points on the touch panel simultaneously.

*6 To conform to IP67, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (To conform to IP2X, open

the USB environmental protection cover.)

Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

*7 To conform to IP67attach the environmental protection sheet.

Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

3 - 18 3.2 Performance Specifications

Page 71: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

3. GT2508-V, GT2508F-V

ItemSpecifications

GT2508-VTBA, GT2508-VTBD GT2508-VTWA, GT2508-VTWD GT2508F-VTNA, GT2508F-VTND

Display section

*1*2

Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 8.4"

Resolution VGA: 640 × 480 dots

Display size 170.9(6.728) (W) × 128.2(5.047) (H) mm(inch)

Number of displayed

characters

16-dot standard font: 40 characters × 30 lines (two-byte characters)

12-dot standard font: 53 characters × 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness

Adjustment32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 60000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3

Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 × 2 dots (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)s

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor

Detection length -

Detection

temperature-

User memory

capacity

User memory

capacityMemory for storage (ROM): 32MB, Memory for operation (RAM): 80MB

Life (number of write

times)100000 times

Built-in clock precision ±90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

BatteryGT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Built-in interface

RS-2321 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/4851 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet1 channel Data transfer method: 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX

Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

USB (Host)2 channel (front face, rear face) 1 channel (rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device)1 channel (front face) 1 channel (rear face)

Maximum transfer rate: High-Speed 480 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

Auxiliary extension

interface-

Side interface For installing a communication unit

Buzzer output Single tone (tone and tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Productive structure Outside the enclosure: IP67 *6 Inside the enclosure: IP2X Front: IP67 *7 In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 241 (9.49)(W) × 194 (7.64)(H) × 52(2.05) (D) mm(inch)236(9.29)(W)×185(7.28)(H)×54(2.1

3)(D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions 227(8.94)(W) × 176(6.93) (H) mm(inch)194(7.64)(W)×158(6.22)(H)

mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 1.5(3.3)kg(lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.112S or later GT Works3 Version1.150G or later

3.2 Performance Specifications 3 - 19

Page 72: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel.

Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and back dots cannot

be reduced to zero.

Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering.

Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or

damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.

• Material: polycarbonate resin•Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the

backlight.

*5 When 2 points on the touch panel are pressed simultaneously, if a switch is located the middle of the 2 points then the switch will

be activated. Therefore, avoid pressing 2 points on the touch panel simultaneously.

*6 To conform to IP67, close the USB environmental protection cover by pushing the [PUSH] mark firmly. (To conform to IP2X, open

the USB environmental protection cover.)

Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

*7 To conform to IP67attach the environmental protection sheet.

Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

3 - 20 3.2 Performance Specifications

Page 73: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

3.2.3 GT23

1. GT2310-V

ItemSpecifications

GT2310-VTBA,GT2310-VTBD

Display section*1*2

Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 10.4"

Resolution VGA: 640 × 480 dots

Display size 211.2(8.315) (W) × 158.4(6.236) (H) mm(inch)

Number of displayed

characters

16-dot standard font: 40 characters × 30 lines (two-byte characters)

12-dot standard font: 53 characters × 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness

Adjustment16 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 50000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3

Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 × 2 dots (per key)

Simultaneous press Simultaneous press is prohibited. *5 (Only one point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

User memory

capacity

User memory

capacityMemory for storage (ROM): 9MB Memory for operation (RAM): 9MB

Life (number of write

times)100000 times

Built-in clock precision ±90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

BatteryGT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Built-in interface

RS-2321 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male)

RS-422/4851 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female)

Ethernet1 channel Data transfer method: 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX

Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

USB (Host)1 channel

Maximum transfer rate: Full-Speed 12 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device)1 channel

Maximum transfer rate: Full-Speed 12 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Buzzer output Single tone (tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Productive structure Outside the enclosure: IP67 *6 Inside the enclosure: IP2X

External dimensions 303(11.93) (W) × 218(8.58) (H) × 56(2.20) (D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions 289(11.38) (W) × 200(7.87) (H) mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 1.9(4.2) kg(lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.112S or later

3.2 Performance Specifications 3 - 21

Page 74: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel.

Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and back dots cannot

be reduced to zero.

Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering.

Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or

damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.

• Material: polycarbonate resin•Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the

backlight.

*5 If you touch two or more points on the touch panel simultaneously and a switch is placed between the two points, the switch may

be activated. Do not touch two or more points on the touch panel simultaneously.

*6 Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

3 - 22 3.2 Performance Specifications

Page 75: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

2. GT2308-V

ItemSpecifications

GT2308-VTBA, GT2308-VTBD

Display section*1*2

Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 8.4"

Resolution VGA: 640 × 480 dots

Display size 170.9(6.728) (W) × 128.2(5.047) (H) mm(inch)

Number of displayed

characters

16-dot standard font: 40 characters × 30 lines (two-byte characters)

12-dot standard font: 53 characters × 40 lines (two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness

Adjustment16 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *4 Approx. 50000 h (operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *3

Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 × 2 dots (per key)

Simultaneous press Simultaneous press is prohibited. *5 (Only one point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

User memory

capacity

User memory

capacityMemory for storage (ROM): 9MB Memory for operation (RAM): 9MB

Life (number of write

times)100000 times

Built-in clock precision ±90 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

BatteryGT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Built-in interface

RS-2321 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin

(male)

RS-422/4851 channel Transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin

(female)

Ethernet 1 channel Data transfer method: 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX Connector shape: RJ-45 (modular jack)

USB (Host)1 channel

Maximum transfer rate: Full-Speed 12 Mbps Connector shape: USB-A

USB (Device)1 channel

Maximum transfer rate: Full-Speed 12 Mbps Connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Buzzer output Single tone (tone length adjustable)

POWER LED 2 colors (blue and orange)

Productive structure Outside the enclosure: IP67 *6 Inside the enclosure: IP2X

External dimensions 241(9.49) (W) × 194(7.64) (H) × 56(2.20) (D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions 227(8.94) (W) × 176(6.93) (H) mm(inch)

Weight (excluding a fitting) 1.5 (3.3)kg(lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.112S or later

3.2 Performance Specifications 3 - 23

Page 76: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel.

Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and back dots cannot

be reduced to zero.

Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering.

Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or

damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.

• Material: polycarbonate resin•Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*4 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the

backlight.

*5 If you touch two or more points on the touch panel simultaneously and a switch is placed between the two points, the switch may

be activated. Do not touch two or more points on the touch panel simultaneously.

*6 Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

3 - 24 3.2 Performance Specifications

Page 77: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

3.2.4 GT21

1. GT2104-R

ItemSpecifications

GT2104-RTBD

Display section

*1*2

Display device TFT color LCD

Screen size 4.3" Wide

Resolution 480 × 272 dots

Display size 95.0 (3.74)(W) × 53.8 (H)(2.12) mm(inch)

Number of displayed

characters

16-dot standard font: 30 characters × 17 rows (Two-byte characters)

12-dot standard font: 40 characters × 22 rows (Two-byte characters)

Display color 65536 colors

Brightness

adjustment32 levels

Backlight LED (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *3 Approx. 50000 h (Operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *4

Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 × 2 dots (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor

Detection length -

Detection

temperature-

User memory

capacity

User memory

capacityMemory for storage (ROM): 9 MB

Life (number of write

times)100000 times

Built-in clock precision ±45 seconds/month (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

BatteryGT11-50BAT lithium battery

Life Approx. 5 years (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Built-in interface

RS-2321 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: 9-pin connector terminal block

RS-422/4851 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: 9-pin connector terminal block

Ethernet1 channel, data transfer method: 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX

Connector shape: RJ-45 (Modular jack)

USB (Host)-

-

USB (Device)1 channel

Maximum transfer rate: Full-Speed 12 Mbps, connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card *6 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB)

Extension interface -

Auxiliary extension

interface-

Built-in interface Side interface -

Buzzer output Single tone (Tone length adjustable)

POWER LED -

Productive structure Front: IP67 *7 In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions 128(5.04) (W) × 102(4.02) (H) × 40(1.57) (D) mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions 118(4.65) (W) × 92(3.63) (H) mm(inch)

Weight (Excluding installation fitting) 0.4(0.88) kg(lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.122C or later

3.2 Performance Specifications 3 - 25

Page 78: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel.

Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and back dots cannot

be reduced to zero.

Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering.

Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or

damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the

backlight.

*4 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.

• Material: polycarbonate resin•Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a touch switch near the touched points may operate

unexpectedly.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel.

*6 Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

3 - 26 3.2 Performance Specifications

Page 79: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

2. GT2104-P

ItemSpecifications

GT2104-PMBD GT2104-PMBDS

Display section

*1*2

Display device TFT monochrome LCD

Screen size 4.5"

Resolution 384 × 128 dots

Display size 109.4 (4.38)(W) × 36.5 (H)(1.46) mm(inch)

Number of displayed

characters

16-dot standard font: 24 characters × 8 rows (Two-byte characters)

12-dot standard font: 32 characters × 10 rows (Two-byte characters)

Display color Monochrome (black/white) 32 shade grayscale

Brightness

adjustment32 levels

Backlight 5-color LED (White, green, pink, orange, red) (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *3 Approx. 50000 h (Operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *4

Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 × 2 dots (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor

Detection length -

Detection

temperature-

User memory

capacity

User memory

capacityMemory for storage (ROM): 3 MB

Life (number of write

times)100000 times

Built-in clock precision -

Battery-

Life -

Built-in interface

RS-232 (rear face) -

1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400,

19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: MINI-DIN 6-pin (female)

RS-232 (side face) - -

RS-422/485

1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400,

19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: 5-pin connector terminal block

1 channel, transmission speed: 115200, 57600, 38400,

19200, 9600, 4800 bps

Connector shape: 9-pin connector terminal block

RS-422 - -

Ethernet

1 channel, data transfer method: 10BASE-T, 100BASE-

TX

Connector shape: RJ-45 (Modular jack)

-

USB (Host)-

-

USB (Device)1 channel

Maximum transfer rate: Full-Speed 12 Mbps, connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card *6 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB) -

Extension interface -

Auxiliary extension

interface-

Side interface -

Buzzer output Single tone (Tone length adjustable)

POWER LED -

Productive structure Front: IP67 *7 In control panel: IP2X

3.2 Performance Specifications 3 - 27

Page 80: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel.

Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and back dots cannot

be reduced to zero.

Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering.

Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or

damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the

backlight.

*4 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.

• Material: polycarbonate resin•Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a touch switch near the touched points may operate

unexpectedly.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel.

*6 The SD card unit (GT21-03SDCD), sold separately, needs to be mounted.

*7 Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

*8 The dimension when the SD card unit (GT21-03SDCD) is mounted is 113 (4.45)(W) × 74(2.92) (H) × 32(1.26) (D) mm(inch).

External dimensions 145(5.80) (W) × 76(3.04) (H) × 32.5(1.30) (D) mm(inch)145(5.80) (W) × 76(3.04) (H) × 29.5(1.18) (D) mm(inch)

*8

Panel cut dimensions 137(5.48) (W) × 66(2.60) (H) mm(inch)

Weight (Excluding installation fitting) 0.3(0.66) kg(lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.131M or later

ItemSpecifications

GT2104-PMBD GT2104-PMBDS

3 - 28 3.2 Performance Specifications

Page 81: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

3. GT2103-P

ItemSpecifications

GT2103-PMBD GT2103-PMBDS GT2103-PMBDS2 GT2103-PMBLS

Display section

*1*2

Display device TFT monochrome LCD

Screen size 3.8"

Resolution 320 × 128 dots

Display size 89.0 (3.51)(W) × 35.6 (H)(1.41) mm(inch)

Number of displayed

characters

16-dot standard font: 20 characters × 8 rows (Two-byte characters)

12-dot standard font: 26 characters × 10 rows (Two-byte characters)

Display color Monochrome (black/white) 32 shade grayscale

Brightness

adjustment32 levels

Backlight 5-color LED (White, green, pink, orange, red) (Not replaceable)

Backlight life *3 Approx. 50000 h (Operating ambient temperature: 25 °C, display intensity: 50%)

Touch panel *4

Type Analog resistive film

Key size Minimum 2 × 2 dots (per key)

Simultaneous press Not available *5 (Only 1 point can be touched.)

Life 1 million touches or more (Operating force: 0.98 N or less)

Human sensor

Detection length -

Detection

temperature-

User memory

capacity

User memory

capacityMemory for storage (ROM): 3 MB

Life (number of write

times)100000 times

Built-in clock precision -

Battery-

Life -

3.2 Performance Specifications 3 - 29

Page 82: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

*1 As a characteristic of liquid crystal display panels, bright dots (always lit) and dark dots (never lit) may appear on the panel.

Since liquid crystal display panels comprise a great number of display elements, the appearance of bright and back dots cannot

be reduced to zero.

Individual differences in liquid crystal display panels may cause differences in color, uneven brightness and flickering.

Note that these phenomena are characteristics of liquid crystal display panels and it does not mean the products are defective or

damaged.

*2 Flickering may occur due to vibration, shock, or the display colors.

*3 To prevent the display section from burning in and lengthen the backlight life, enable the screen save function and turn off the

backlight.

*4 When a stylus is used, the touch panel has a life of 100 thousand touches.

The stylus must satisfy the following specifications.

Built-in interface

RS-232 (rear face) -

1 channel, transmission

speed: 115200, 57600,

38400, 19200, 9600, 4800

bps

Connector shape: MINI-

DIN 6-pin (female)

1 channel, transmission

speed: 115200, 57600,

38400, 19200, 9600, 4800

bps

Connector shape: MINI-

DIN 6-pin (female)

-

RS-232 (side face) - -

1 channel, transmission

speed: 115200, 57600,

38400, 19200, 9600, 4800

bps

Connector shape: 9-pin

connector terminal block

(female)

-

RS-422/485

1 channel, transmission

speed: 115200, 57600,

38400, 19200, 9600, 4800

bps

Connector shape: 5-pin

connector terminal block

(female)

1 channel, transmission

speed: 115200, 57600,

38400, 19200, 9600, 4800

bps

Connector shape: 9-pin

connector terminal block

(female)

- -

RS-422 - - -

1 channel, transmission

speed: 115200, 57600,

38400, 19200, 9600, 4800

bps

Connector shape: 9-pin

connector terminal block

Ethernet

1 channel, data transfer

method: 10BASE-T,

100BASE-TX

Connector shape: RJ-45

(Modular jack)

- - -

USB (Host)-

-

USB (Device)1 channel

Maximum transfer rate: Full-Speed 12 Mbps, connector shape: USB Mini-B

SD card *6 1 channel, SDHC compliant (maximum 32 GB) -

Extension interface -

Auxiliary extension

interface-

Side interface -

Buzzer output Single tone (Tone length adjustable)

POWER LED -

Productive structure Front: IP67 *7 In control panel: IP2X

External dimensions

113(4.45) (W) × 74(2.92)

(H) × 32(1.26) (D)

mm(inch)113(4.45) (W) × 74(2.92) (H) × 27(1.07) (D) mm(inch) *8

113(4.45) (W) × 74(2.92)

(H) × 27(1.07) (D)

mm(inch)

Panel cut dimensions 105(4.14) (W) × 66(2.60) (H) mm(inch)

Weight (Excluding installation fitting) 0.2(0.44) kg(lb) 0.18(0.40) kg(lb)

Compatible software package GT Works3 Version1.112S or later GT Works3 Version1.119L or later

ItemSpecifications

GT2103-PMBD GT2103-PMBDS GT2103-PMBDS2 GT2103-PMBLS

3 - 30 3.2 Performance Specifications

Page 83: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

• Material: polycarbonate resin•Tip radius: 0.8 mm or more

*5 If you touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel, a touch switch near the touched points may operate

unexpectedly.

Do not touch two points or more simultaneously on the touch panel.

*6 The SD card unit (GT21-03SDCD), sold separately, needs to be mounted.

*7 Note that the structure does not guarantee protection in all users' environments.

The GOT may not be used in an environment where the GOT is exposed to oil or chemicals for a long time, or where oil mist fills

the air.

*8 The dimension when the SD card unit (GT21-03SDCD) is mounted is 113 (4.45)(W) × 74(2.92) (H) × 32(1.26) (D) mm(inch).

3.2 Performance Specifications 3 - 31

Page 84: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section

The following shows the power supply specifications of the GOT.

POINTPOINTPOINTOperation at instantaneous power failure

If an instantaneous power failure occurs in the power supply and continues for more than the permissible period, the GOT may be reset.Make sure to power on the unit more than 5 seconds after power-off.

3.3.1 GT27

1. GT27 Input power supply 100 V AC to 240 V AC

Item

Specifications

GT2715-XTBAGT2712-STBA

GT2712-STWA

GT2710-STBA

GT2710-VTBA

GT2710-VTWA

GT2708-STBA

GT2708-VTBA

Power supply voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (+10%, -15%)

Power supply frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz (±5%)

Maximum apparent power 140 VA 100 VA

Power

consumption

Under the maximum

load51 W or less 44 W or less 41 W or less 41 W or less

Main unit 25 W 19 W 17 W 15 W

Main unit (Backlight

OFF)10 W 10 W 10 W 10 W

Inrush current

40 A or less (3 ms,

ambient temperature: 25

°C, under the maximum

load)

60 A or less (2 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power

failure time20 ms or less (100 V AC or more)

Noise immunityNoise voltage: 1500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 μs, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz

to 60 Hz.

Withstand voltage 1500 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 MΩ or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque

(Terminal block terminal screw)0.5 N·m to 0.8 N·m

3 - 32 3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section

Page 85: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

2. GT27 Input power supply 24 V DC

Item

Specifications

GT2715-XTBDGT2712-STBD

GT2712-STWD

GT2710-STBD

GT2710-VTBD

GT2710-VTWD

GT2708-STBD

GT2708-VTBDGT2705-VTBD

Power supply voltage 24 V DC (+25%, -20%)

Power

consumption

Under the maximum

load48 W or less 45 W or less 42 W or less 39 W or less 30 W or less

Main unit 23 W 18 W 15 W 13 W 7 W

Main unit (Backlight

OFF)8 W 8 W 8 W 8 W 5 W

Inrush current 5 A or less (20 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load) 69A or less (1 ms,

ambient

temperature: 25 °C,

under the maximum

load)

Permissible instantaneous power

failure time10 ms or less

Noise immunityNoise voltage: 500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 μs, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to

60 Hz.

Withstand voltage 350 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 MΩ or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque

(Terminal block terminal screw)0.5 N·m to 0.8 N·m

3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section 3 - 33

Page 86: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3.3.2 GT25

1. GT25 Input power supply 100 V AC to 240 V AC

2. GT25 Input power supply 24 V DC

Item

Specifications

GT2512-STBA

GT2512F-STNA

GT2510-VTBA

GT2510-VTWA

GT2510F-VTNA

GT2508-VTBA

GT2508-VTWA

GT2508F-VTNA

Power supply voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (+10%, -15%)

Power supply frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz (±5%)

Maximum apparent power 80 VA 80 VA 70 VA

Power

consumption

Under the maximum

load35 W or less 34 W or less 31 W or less

Main unit 14 W 12 W 11 W

Main unit (Backlight

OFF)7 W 7 W 7 W

Inrush current 60 A or less (2 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power

failure time20 ms or less (100 V AC or more)

Noise immunityNoise voltage: 1500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 μs, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz

to 60 Hz.

Withstand voltage 1500 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 MΩ or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque

(Terminal block terminal screw)0.5 N·m to 0.8 N·m

Item

Specifications

GT2512-STBD

GT2512F-STND

GT2510-VTBD

GT2510-VTWD

GT2510F-VTND

GT2508-VTBD

GT2508-VTWD

GT2508F-VTND

Power supply voltage 24 V DC (+25%, -20%)

Power

consumption

Under the maximum

load37 W or less 33 W or less 31 W or less

Main unit 13 W 10 W 8 W

Main unit (Backlight

OFF)6 W 6 W 6 W

Inrush current 5 A or less (20 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power

failure time10 ms or less

Noise immunityNoise voltage: 500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 μs, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz

to 60 Hz.

Withstand voltage 350 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 MΩ or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque

(Terminal block terminal screw)0.5 N·m to 0.8 N·m

3 - 34 3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section

Page 87: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

3.3.3 GT23

1. GT23 Input power supply 100 V AC to 240 V AC

ItemSpecifications

GT2310-VTBA GT2308-VTBA

Power supply voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (+10%, -15%)

Power supply frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz (±5%)

Maximum apparent power 44 VA (under the maximum load) 30 VA (under the maximum load)

Power

consumption

Under the maximum

load18 W or less 11 W or less

Main unit 15 W 9 W

Main unit (Backlight

OFF)8 W 6 W

Inrush current 40 A or less (4 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power

failure time20 ms or less (100 V AC or more)

Noise immunityNoise voltage: 1500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 μs, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz

to 60 Hz.

Withstand voltage 1500 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 MΩ or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque

(Terminal block terminal screw)0.5 N·m to 0.8 N·m

3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section 3 - 35

Page 88: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2. GT23 Input power supply 24 V DC

ItemSpecifications

GT2310-VTBD GT2308-VTBD

Power supply voltage 24 V DC (+25%, -20%)

Power

consumption

Under the maximum

load16 W or less 11 W or less

Main unit 13 W 8 W

Main unit (Backlight

OFF)7 W 6 W

Inrush current 40 A or less (2 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load)

Permissible instantaneous power

failure time10 ms or less

Noise immunityNoise voltage: 500 Vp-p, noise width: 1 μs, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 25 Hz to

60 Hz.

Withstand voltage 350 V AC for 1 minute across power terminals and earth

Insulation resistance 500 V DC across power terminals and earth, 10 MΩ or more by an insulation resistance tester

Applicable wire size 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2

Applicable solderless terminal Solderless terminal for M3 screw RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

Applicable tightening torque

(Terminal block terminal screw)0.5 N·m to 0.8 N·m

3 - 36 3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section

Page 89: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

3.3.4 GT21

1. GT21 Input power supply 24 V DC/5 V DC

Item

Specifications

GT2104-

RTBD

GT2104-

PMBD

GT2104-

PMBDS

GT2103-

PMBD

GT2103-

PMBDS

GT2103-

PMBDS2

GT2103-

PMBLS

Power supply voltage 24 V DC (+10%, -15%)

5 V DC (+5%,

-5%)

Power from

the sequencer

Power

consumption

Under the maximum

load4.4 W or less 2.9 W or less 2.2 W or less 2.6 W or less 1.9 W or less 2.2 W or less 1.1 W or less

Backlight OFF 2.9 W 2.2 W 1.5 W 2.0 W 1.3 W 1.6 W 0.7 W

Inrush current

18 A or less (2

ms, ambient

temperature:

25 °C, under

the maximum

load)

30 A or less (1 ms, ambient temperature: 25 °C, under the maximum load) -

Permissible instantaneous power

failure time5 ms or less -

Noise immunityNoise voltage: 1000 Vp-p, noise width: 1 μs, measured by a noise simulator with noise frequency ranging from 30 Hz

to 100 Hz.

Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute across power supply terminals and earth -

Insulation resistance500 V DC across power supply terminals and earth, 10 MΩ or more by an insulation resistance

tester-

Applicable wire size

Single wiring: Single wire 0.14 to 1.5 mm2 (AWG26 to AWG16)

Stranded wire 0.14 to 1.0 mm2 (AWG26 to AWG16)

Rod terminal with an insulation sleeve 0.25 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG24 to AWG20)

Double wiring: Single wire 0.14 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG26 to AWG20)

Stranded wire 0.14 to 0.2 mm2 (AWG26 to AWG24)

Applicable solderless terminalAI 0.25-6BU (AWG24), AI 0.34-6TQ (AWG22), AI 0.5-6WH (AWG20) (manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT)

Swage: CRIMPFOXZA3 (manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT)

Applicable tightening torque

(Terminal block terminal screw)0.22 to 0.25 N·m

3.3 Specifications of Power Supply Section 3 - 37

Page 90: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3.4 Battery Specifications

1. Applicable batteryThe following batteries are applicable for GOT2000 series.

*1 GT2103-P does not have a built-in battery.

2. Battery specificationsThe following describes the battery specifications for the GOT2000 series.

POINTPOINTPOINTFor the battery directive in EU member states, refer to the following.

9.4 2. Handling of batteries and devices with built-in batteries in EU member states

3. Battery lifeLife span of the battery set in the GOT is shown below.

*1 In the following conditions, the data backup time is 5 minutes after the power supply is turned off.(As for GT23, the data backup

time is 30 seconds.)

• The battery connector is disconnected.• The battery connector is disconnected.

POINTPOINTPOINTThe battery connector is disconnected.

(1) Battery life reference: Approx.4 years in actual use (Ambient temperature: 25°C)Battery replacement time reference: 3 to 4 yearsCalculate the natural discharge amount of the battery, as necessary.

(2) Check if the battery condition is normal within the utility.Refer to the following for the details of battery status display.

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)

Model name Description Target GOT

GT11-50BAT Battery for backup of SRAM data, clock data, and system status log data. GT27,GT25,GT23,GT21 *1

Item Specifications

Model name GT11-50BAT

Type Magnesium manganese dioxide lithium primary battery

Initial voltage 3.0V

Nominal current 550mAh

Storage life Approx.5 years (Operating ambient temperature of 25°C)

Total power stoppage time 3. Battery life

Lithium content 0.00015kg

Battery life

Operating ambient temperature

of 0° to 25°C

Operating ambient temperature of

25° to 45°C

Operating ambient temperature

of 45° to 55°C

Data backup time after detection of

battery voltage low *1

3 years 4 years 3 years 14 days

3 - 38 3.4 Battery Specifications

Page 91: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4

PA

RT

NA

ME

S A

ND

SE

TT

ING

S

4. PART NAMES AND SETTINGS

4.1 GT27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 2

4.2 GT25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6

4.3 GT23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 10

4.4 GT21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 12

4 - 1

Page 92: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4.1 GT27

1. GT2715-X

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

6. Part names and settings OF GT27

2. GT2712-S

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

6. Part names and settings OF GT27

8)

19) 17)18)

7) 7) 7)

7) 7)

7)7)

7)

24) 23) 22) 21)

5)

6)

3)4)

1)2) 9)

10)

11)12)

13)

14)

15)16)

20)

1)2)

5)

24)

19)

8)

17)

9)

10)

11)12)

13)14)

15)

23) 22) 21)

7) 7)

7) 7)

3)4)

25)

16)

20)

4 - 2 4.1 GT27

Page 93: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4

PA

RT

NA

ME

S A

ND

SE

TT

ING

S

3. GT2710-S, GT2710-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

6. Part names and settings OF GT27

4. GT2708-S, GT2708-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

6. Part names and settings OF GT27

13)

10)

11)12)

14)

15)

24) 23) 22) 21)

7) 7)19)

8)

17)

9)7) 7)

25)

1)2)

5)

3)4)

16)

20)

10)

11)12)13)

17)

14)

15)

24)25) 23) 22) 21)

7) 7)19)

8) 9)7) 7)1)2)

5)

3)4)

16)

20)

4.1 GT27 4 - 3

Page 94: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5. GT2705-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

6. Part names and settings OF GT27

10)

11)12)13)

14)

15)

8)

9)

5)

3)4)

24) 23) 22) 21)

20)

7) 7)

7) 7)19)

1)2)

17)

4 - 4 4.1 GT27

Page 95: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4

PA

RT

NA

ME

S A

ND

SE

TT

ING

S

6. Part names and settings OF GT27

No. Name Description

1) Display section Displays the utility and the user-created screen.

2) Touch panel For operating the touch switches in the utility and the user-created screen

3) USB interface (Host/front)

For connecting a USB mouse and a USB keyboard, transferring data, and storing data

(Connector shape; TYPE-A)

Applicable models : GT2715-XTBA/D, GT2712-STBA/D, GT2710-STBA/D, GT2710-VTBA/D,

GT2708-STBA/D, GT2708-VTBA/D, GT2705-VTBD

4) USB interface (Device/front)

For connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: Mini-B)

Applicable models : GT2715-XTBA/D, GT2712-STBA/D, GT2710-STBA/D, GT2710-VTBA/D,

GT2708-STBA/D, GT2708-VTBA/D, GT2705-VTBD

5) POWER LED

Lit in blue : Power is properly supplied.

Lit in orange : Screen saving

Blinks in orange and blue: Backlight failure

Not lit : Power is not supplied.

6) Human sensor Detects human movement. (GT2715,GT2712 only)

7) Unit installation fitting Mounting fixtures for fixing the GOT to the control panel

8) Reset switch Hardware reset switch

9) S.MODE switch Used for OS installation at the GOT startup

10) SD card access LED

ON: SD card installed

Blink: SD card accessed

OFF: SD card not installed or SD card installed but removal possible

11) SD card interface For installing an SD card

12) SD card cover

Has the function to switch the access to the SD card between enabled and disabled states.

When the cover is opened: Access prohibited

When the cover is closed: Access allowed

13) Battery Space for housing the battery

14) Side interface For installing a communication unit

15) USB interface (Host/back)For connecting a USB mouse and a USB keyboard, transferring data, and storing data

(Connector shape; TYPE-A)

16) Cable clamp mounting holeCable clamp mounting hole as a precaution against a disconnection of the USB cable

(Recommended product: RSG-130-V0 of KITAGAWA INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.)

17)Terminating resistor setting switch (inside

the cover)

Switches the terminating resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port between used and

unused states (initial setting (unused))

18) Auxiliary extension interface

For installing an option unit

Applicable models : GT2715-XTBA/D, GT2712-STBA/D, GT2710-STBA/D, GT2710-VTBA/D,

GT2708-STBA/D, GT2708-VTBA/D

19) Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

20) Vertical installation arrow mark For the vertical installation, install the GOT so that the arrow points upward.

21) Power terminal Power input terminal, LG terminal (except GT2705-V), FG terminal

22) Ethernet interfaceFor communicating with a controller or connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: RJ-

45 (modular jack))

23) RS-232 interface For communication with a controller (Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male))

24) RS-422/485 interface For communication with a controller (Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female))

25) USB interface (Device/back)For connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: Mini-B)

Applicable models : GT2712-STWA/D, GT2710-VTWA/D

4.1 GT27 4 - 5

Page 96: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4.2 GT25

1. GT2512-S

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

7. Part names and settings OF GT25

2. GT2512F-S

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

7. Part names and settings OF GT25

1)2)

5)

24)

19)

8)

17)

9)

10)

11)12)

13)14)

15)

23) 22) 21)

7) 7)

7) 7)

3)4)

25)

16)

20)

10)

11)12)

14)

5)

7)

26)

13)

15)

24) 23) 22) 21)

26) 7) 26)19)

8)

17)

9)

26) 7)

25)

1)2)

16)

20)

26)

26)

26)26)

26)

26)

7)

The figure shows a GOT with the fittings installed on the top, bottom, right, and left.Install the fittings on the top and bottom, or the right and left of the GOT.

4 - 6 4.2 GT25

Page 97: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4

PA

RT

NA

ME

S A

ND

SE

TT

ING

S

3. GT2510-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

7. Part names and settings OF GT25

4. GT2510F-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

7. Part names and settings OF GT25

13)

10)

11)12)

14)

15)

24) 23) 22) 21)

7) 7)19)

8)

17)

9)7) 7)

25)

1)2)

5)

3)4)

16)

20)

11)12)

14)

5)7)

13)

15)

24) 23) 22) 21)

26) 26)19)

8)

17)

9)

26)

25)

1)2)

16)

20)

26)

26)

7)

7)

10)

26)

26)

26) 26)

26)

7)

The figure shows a GOT with the fittings installed on the top, bottom, right, and left.Install the fittings on the top and bottom, or the right and left of the GOT.

4.2 GT25 4 - 7

Page 98: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5. GT2508-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

7. Part names and settings OF GT25

6. GT2508F-V

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

7. Part names and settings OF GT25

10)

11)12)13)

17)

14)

15)

24)25) 23) 22) 21)

7) 7)19)

8) 9)7) 7)1)2)

5)

3)4)

16)

20)

10)

11)12)13)

26)

26)

5)7)

15)

14)

24) 23) 22) 21)

26) 7) 26)19)

8)

17)

9)7) 26)

25)

1)2)

20)

26)

7)

26)

26)

The figure shows a GOT with the fittings installed on the top, bottom, right, and left.Install the fittings on the top and bottom, or the right and left of the GOT.

4 - 8 4.2 GT25

Page 99: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4

PA

RT

NA

ME

S A

ND

SE

TT

ING

S

7. Part names and settings OF GT25

No. Name Description

1) Display section Displays the utility and the user-created screen.

2) Touch panel For operating the touch switches in the utility and the user-created screen

3) USB interface (Host/front)

For connecting a USB mouse and a USB keyboard, transferring data, and storing data

(Connector shape; TYPE-A)

Applicable models : GT2512-STBA/D, GT2510-VTBA/D, GT2508-VTBA/D

4) USB interface (Device/front)For connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: Mini-B)

Applicable models : GT2512-STBA/D, GT2510-VTBA/D, GT2508-VTBA/D

5) POWER LED

Lit in blue : Power is properly supplied.

Lit in orange : Screen saving

Blinks in orange and blue: Backlight failure

Not lit : Power is not supplied.

(For GT2512F-STNA/D, GT2510F-VTNA/D, and GT2508F-VTNA/D, you can check the LED

status from the GOT rear face.)

7) Unit installation fitting Mounting fixtures for fixing the GOT to the control panel

8) Reset switch Hardware reset switch

9) S.MODE switch Used for OS installation at the GOT startup

10) SD card access LED

ON: SD card installed

Blink: SD card accessed

OFF: SD card not installed or SD card installed but removal possible

11) SD card interface For installing an SD card

12) SD card cover

Has the function to switch the access to the SD card between enabled and disabled states.

When the cover is opened: Access prohibited

When the cover is closed: Access allowed

13) Battery Space for housing the battery

14) Side interface For installing a communication unit

15) USB interface (Host/back)For connecting a USB mouse and a USB keyboard, transferring data, and storing data

(Connector shape; TYPE-A)

16) Cable clamp mounting holeCable clamp mounting hole as a precaution against a disconnection of the USB cable

(Recommended product: RSG-130-V0 of KITAGAWA INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.)

17)Terminating resistor setting switch (inside

the cover)

Switches the terminating resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port between used and

unused states (initial setting (unused))

19) Extension interface For installing a communication unit or an option unit

20) Vertical installation arrow mark For the vertical installation, install the GOT so that the arrow points upward.

21) Power terminal Power input terminal, LG terminal (except GT2705-V), FG terminal

22) Ethernet interfaceFor communicating with a controller or connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: RJ-

45 (modular jack))

23) RS-232 interface For communication with a controller (Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male))

24) RS-422/485 interface For communication with a controller (Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female))

25) USB interface (Device/back)

For connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: Mini-B)

Applicable models : GT2512F-STNA/D, GT2510F-VTNA/D, GT2510-VTWA/D, GT2508F-

VTNA/D, GT2508-VTWA/D

26) Fitting installation holeFor fixing the fitting to the control panel (GT2512F-STNA/D, GT2510F-VTNA/D, and GT2508F-

VTNA/D)

4.2 GT25 4 - 9

Page 100: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4.3 GT23

1. GT2310-V, GT2308-VExample) GT2310-VTBA

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

2. Part names and settings OF GT23

1)2)

3)

5) 6)

7)

8)

10)

9)

18) 17) 16) 15)

4) 13) 4)

4) 4)

12)11)

14)

4 - 10 4.3 GT23

Page 101: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4

PA

RT

NA

ME

S A

ND

SE

TT

ING

S

2. Part names and settings OF GT23

No. Name Description

1) Display section Displays the utility and the user-created screen.

2) Touch panel For operating the touch switches in the utility and the user-created screen

3) POWER LED

Lit in blue : Power is properly supplied.

Lit in orange : Screen saving

Blinks in orange and blue: Backlight failure

Not lit : Power is not supplied.

4) Unit installation fitting Mounting fixtures for fixing the GOT to the control panel

5) S.MODE switch Used for OS installation at the GOT startup

6) SD card access LED

ON: SD card installed

Blink: SD card accessed

OFF: SD card not installed or SD card installed but removal possible

7) SD card interface For installing an SD card

8) SD card cover

Has the function to switch the access to the SD card between enabled and disabled states.

When the cover is opened: Access prohibited

When the cover is closed: Access allowed

9) USB interface (Host)For connecting a USB mouse and a USB keyboard, transferring data, and storing data

(Connector shape; TYPE-A)

10) USB interface (Device) For connecting a personal computer (Connector shape: Mini-B)

11) Cable clamp mounting holeCable clamp mounting hole as a precaution against a disconnection of the USB cable

(Recommended product: RSG-130-V0 of KITAGAWA INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.)

12)Terminating resistor setting switch (inside

the cover)

Switches the terminating resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port between used and

unused states (initial setting (unused))

13) Battery Space for housing the battery

14) Vertical installation mark When using the GOT with the vertical display, install the GOT so that the arrow points upward.

15) Power terminal Power input terminal, LG terminal, FG terminal

16) Ethernet interfaceFor communicating with a controller or connecting a personal computer (Connector shape:

RJ-45 (modular jack))

17) RS-232 interface For communication with a controller (Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (male))

18) RS-422/485 interface For communication with a controller (Connector shape: D-sub 9-pin (female))

4.3 GT23 4 - 11

Page 102: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4.4 GT21

1. GT2104-RTBD

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

8. Part names and settings OF GT21

2. GT2104-PMBD

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

8. Part names and settings OF GT21

3. GT2104-PMBDS

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

8. Part names and settings OF GT21

11)

1)2) 9) 13)

12)

8)3)

6)

10) 14)4)

1)2) 9)

10) 14)

3)

6) 12)

8)

11)

13)

1)2) 9)

10) 14)

12)6)8)

11)

4)

4 - 12 4.4 GT21

Page 103: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4

PA

RT

NA

ME

S A

ND

SE

TT

ING

S

4. GT2103-PMBD

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

8. Part names and settings OF GT21

5. GT2103-PMBDS

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

8. Part names and settings OF GT21

6. GT2103-PMBDS2

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

8. Part names and settings OF GT21

7. GT2103-PMBLS

For the names of parts, refer to the following.

8. Part names and settings OF GT21

1)2) 9)

10)

3)

6)8)

11)

15)

1)2) 9)

10)

4)6)8)

11)

15)

1)2) 9)

4)5)8)

11)

15)

1)2) 9)

7)

11)

4.4 GT21 4 - 13

Page 104: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

8. Part names and settings OF GT21

No. Name Description

1) Display section Displays the utility and the user-created screen

2) Touch panel For operating the touch switches in the utility and the user-created screen

3) Ethernet interfaceFor communicating with a controller or connecting a personal computer (Connector shape:

RJ-45 (Modular jack))

4) RS-232 interface (Rear face)

For communicating with a controller or connecting a personal computer (FA transparent

function)

Connector shape is different depending on the model of the GT21.

• GT2104-R:9-pin connector terminal block

• GT2104-P:MINI-DIN 6-pin

• GT2103-P:MINI-DIN 6-pin

For connecting multiple GOTs, a barcode reader, an RFID, or a serial printer

5) RS-232 interface (Side face)

For communicating with a controller or connecting a personal computer (Female MINI-DIN 6-

pin)

For connecting multiple GOTs, a barcode reader, an RFID, or a serial printer

6) RS-422/485 interface For communicating with a controller (9-pin or 5-pin connector terminal block)

7) RS-422 interface For communicating with a controller (9-pin connector terminal block)

8) Power supply terminal Power supply input terminal, FG terminal

9) USB interface (Device) For transferring data and storing data (Connector shape: Mini-B)

10) Terminating resistor setting switchSwitches the terminating resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port among 330 Ω,

OPEN, and 110 Ω (Initial setting (330 Ω))

11) Installation fitting For fixing the GOT to the control panel

12) SD card interface For SD card installed

13) SD card access LED

ON: SD card installed

Blink: SD card accessed

OFF: SD card not installed or SD card installed but removal possible

14) Battery Space for housing the battery

15) SD card unit connector (inside the cover) For mounting the SD card unit

4 - 14 4.4 GT21

Page 105: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5

EM

C D

IRE

CT

IVE

AN

D L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

DIR

EC

TIV

E

5. EMC DIRECTIVE AND LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE

5.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2

5.2 EMC Directive Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 4

5.3 Low Voltage Directive Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 20

5 - 1

Page 106: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5.1 Overview

For the products sold in European countries, the conformance to the EMC Directive, which is one of the European Directives, has been a legal obligation since 1996.In addition, conformance to the Low Voltage Directive, another European Directive, has also been a legal obligation since 1997.Manufacturers, who recognize that their products comply with the EMC Directive and the Low Voltage Directive, must declare that their products comply with the Directives and put a CE mark on the products.

1. Sales representative in EuropeThe sales representative in Europe is as shown below.Company name: Mitsubishi Electric Europe BVAddress: Gothaer strase 8, 40880 Ratingen, Germany

5.1.1 Conforming standards in the EMC DirectiveThe GOT complies with the following standards in the EMC Directive.

*1 The GOT is an open type device (designed to be integrated in equipment).

Make sure to install the GOT on a control panel.This test item is conducted in the condition where the GOT is installed on a control panel and combined with the MITSUBISHI PLC.

*2 QP: Quasi-peak value, Mean: Average value

*3 This test item is conducted in the following conditions.

• 30 MHz to 230 MHz

Applied

standardTest standard Test details Standard value

EN61131-2

: 2007

CISPR16-2-3

Radiated noise*1

Test for measuring electromagnetic

emissions from the product

• 30 MHz to 230 MHz

QP: 30 dBμV/m (measured at 30 m)*2*3

• 230MHz to 1000MHz

QP: 37 dBμV/m (measured at 30 m)*2*3

CISPR16-2-1

Conducted noise*1

Test for measuring electromagnetic

emissions from the product to the power

cables

• 150kHz to 500kHz

QP: 79dB,Mean: 66dB*2

• 500kHz to 30MHz

QP: 73dB,Mean: 60dB*2

IEC61000-4-2

Electrostatic immunity*1

Immunity test in which static electricity is

applied to the cabinet of the equipment

• Contact discharge: ±4 kV

• Aerial discharge: ±8 kV

IEC61000-4-3

Radiated electromagnetic field,

amplitude modulation*1

Immunity test in which an electric field is

applied to the product

80 MHz to 1000 MHz: 10 V/m

1.4GHz to 2GHz: 3V/m

2.0GHz to 2.7GHz: 1V/m

(80% amplitude modulation at 1 kHz)

IEC61000-4-4

Fast transient burst noise*1

Immunity test in which burst noise is applied

to the power cables and the signal lines

Power cable: 2 kV

Digital I/O (24V or higher): 1kV

Digital I/O (less than 24 V): 250 V or higher

Analog I/O (signal lines): 250 V or higher

IEC61000-4-5

Surge immunity*1

Immunity test in which lightening surge is

applied to the product

• AC power type

Power cable (between cable and ground):

±2 kV

Power cable (between cables): ±1 kV

Data communication port: ±1 kV

• DC power type

Power cable (between cable and ground):

±0.5kV

Power cable (between cables): ±0.5kV

Data communication port: ±1 kV

IEC61000-4-6

Conducted RF immunity*1

Immunity test in which a noise inducted on

the power cable and the signal lines is

applied

Power cable: 10V

Data communication port: 10 V

IEC61000-4-8

Power supply frequency magnetic

field immunity

Test for checking normal operations under

the circumstance exposed to the

ferromagnetic field noise of the power

supply frequency (50/60 Hz)

30 A/m

EN61131-2

: 2007

IEC61000-4-11

Instantaneous power failure and

voltage dips immunity

Test for checking normal operations at

instantaneous power failure

• AC power type

0.5 cycle 0% (Interval 1 second to 10

seconds)

250/300 cycle 0%

10/12 cycle 40%

25/30 cycle 70%

5 - 2 5.1 Overview

Page 107: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5

EM

C D

IRE

CT

IVE

AN

D L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

DIR

EC

TIV

E

QP: 40 dBμV/m (measured at 10 m)• 230MHz to 1000MHz

QP: 47 dBμV/m (measured at 10 m)

5.1.2 Conforming standards in the Low Voltage DirectiveThe GOT complies with the following standards in the Low Voltage Directive.• EN61131-2: Programmable controllers - Equipment requirements and tests• EN60950-1: Information technology equipment - Safety

5.1 Overview 5 - 3

Page 108: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

The EMC Directive requires the following.• Strong electromagnetic waves are not emitted to the outside.: Emission (Electromagnetic interference)• The product is not affected by the electromagnetic waves from the outside.: Immunity (Electromagnetic sensitivity)

To comply with the EMC Directive, this section explains the precautions for configuring equipment integrating the GOT.The data described herein are produced with our best, based on the regulation requirements and standards obtained by Mitsubishi. However, the data do not guarantee that the whole equipment produced according to the data comply with the above directive.The manufacturer of the equipment must determine the method to comply with the EMC Directive and conformance to the directive.

5.2.1 Installing the GOT on the control panelThe GOT is an open type device (designed to be integrated in equipment).Make sure to install the GOT in a control panel.This restriction ensures safety and also has a large effect of suppressing noise generated from the GOT by using the control panel.

1. Control panel• The control panel must be conductive.• When fixing a top or bottom plate of the control panel with bolts, do not coat the plate and bolt surfaces so that they

contact each other.Connect the door and the box using a thick grounding cable to ensure the low impedance under high frequency.

• To ensure electric conductivity in the large area as much as possible between an inner plate and the control panel, do not coat the fixing bolt area of the inner plate and the control panel.

• Ground the control panel using a thick grounding cable to ensure the low impedance under high frequency.• The diameter of cable holes on the control panel must be 10 cm or less.

If the diameter of the hole is 10 cm or more, radio waves may leak.To reduce the chance of radio waves leaking out, ensure that the space between the control panel and its door is as small as possible.Pasting the following EMI gasket directly on the painted surface seals the space, reducing the leak of electric waves.

Our test has been carried out on a panel having the damping characteristics of 37 dB max. and 30 dB mean (measured by 3m method with 30 to 300 MHz).

2. Connection of power and ground cablesGround the GOT and connect power supply cables as shown below.

(1) Wiring the ground cableProvide a ground point near the GOT. Short-circuit the line ground terminal (LG terminal) and the frame ground terminal (FG terminal) of the GOT, and ground them with the thickest and shortest cable as possible.

(2) Ground cable lengthThe ground cable length must be 30 cm or shorter.The LG and FG terminals pass the noise generated in the PLC system to the ground.Therefore, ensure an impedance as low as possible.Since the ground cables relieve the noise, the cables themselves carry a large noise.Thus, short wiring prevents the cable from acting as an antenna.(A long conductor is an antenna radiating noise more efficiently.)

(3) Treatment of the power cable and the ground cableTwist the ground cable led from the ground point with the power cable.Twisting with the ground cable relieves more noise from the power cable to the ground.When a noise filter is installed to the power cable, twisting the power cable and the ground cable may not be required.

Manufacturer Series name Contact

KITAGAWA INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. RFSG series (Recommended Product) 0587-34-3651

5 - 4 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

Page 109: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5

EM

C D

IRE

CT

IVE

AN

D L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

DIR

EC

TIV

E

5.2.2 Installing a noise filter (power supply line filter)A noise filter is a part to effectively reduce conducted noise.Except some models, installation of a noise filter to the power supply lines is not necessary. However, installing the noise filter can reduce conducted noise.The noise filter is effective to reduce conducted noise in the band of 10 MHz or less.Use a noise filter equivalent to the following noise filters (double π-type filters).

1. PrecautionsThe following shows the precautions for installing a noise filter.

(1) Prohibition of bundling cablesDo not bundle the input and output cables of the noise filter.Bundling the cables inducts the noise from the output-side cable into the input-side cable where noise has been eliminated by the noise filter.

(2) Grounding the noise filterConnect the ground terminal of the noise filter to the control panel with a short cable as much as possible (approximately 10 cm).

Model Manufacturer Rated current Rated voltage

FN343-3/05 SCHAFFNER 3A

250VFN660-6/06 SCHAFFNER 6A

RSHN-2003 TDK 3A

Input side (power supply side)

Output side (device side)

Filter

Wire the input and output cables separately.

Filter

Input side (power supply side)

Induction

Output side (device side)

Bundling the input and output cables inducts noise.

Bundling

5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 5 - 5

Page 110: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5.2.3 System configurationYou can also check the EMC Directive compliance status of the GOT2000 series at the Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation Global Website.For the latest information, go to the Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation Global Website.http://www.mitsubishielectric.co.jp/fa/

1. GOTUse the following GOTs having a CE mark on the rating plate.For how to check the hardware version of the GOT, refer to the following.

11.6 Confirming of Versions and Conforming Standards: Compliant ×: Not compliant

Product name ModelHardware version (Manufacture year and

month)EMC Directive

GT2715GT2715-XTBA

Version A or later (April 2014) GT2715-XTBD

GT2712

GT2712-STBA

Version A or later (August 2013)

GT2712-STBD

GT2712-STWA

GT2712-STWD

GT2710

GT2710-STBA

GT2710-STBD

GT2710-VTBA

GT2710-VTBD

GT2710-VTWA

GT2710-VTWD

GT2708

GT2708-STBA

GT2708-STBD

GT2708-VTBA

GT2708-VTBD

GT2705 GT2705-VTBD Version A or later (April 2015)

GT2512

GT2512-STBAVersion A or later (October 2014)

GT2512-STBD

GT2512F-STNAVersion A or later (January 2016)

GT2512F-STND

GT2510

GT2510-VTBA

Version A or later (April 2014)

GT2510-VTBD

GT2510-VTWA

GT2510-VTWD

GT2510F-VTNAVersion A or later (January 2016)

GT2510F-VTND

GT2508

GT2508-VTBA

Version A or later (April 2014)

GT2508-VTBD

GT2508-VTWA

GT2508-VTWD

GT2508F-VTNAVersion A or later (January 2016)

GT2508F-VTND

GT2310GT2310-VTBA

Version A or later (August 2013) GT2310-VTBD

GT2308GT2308-VTBA

GT2308-VTBD

5 - 6 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

Page 111: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5

EM

C D

IRE

CT

IVE

AN

D L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

DIR

EC

TIV

E

GT2104

GT2104-RTBD Version B or later (March 2015)

GT2104-PMBDVersion B or later (October 2015)

×

GT2104-PMBDS ×

GT2103

GT2103-PMBDVersion B or later (October 2014)

GT2103-PMBDS

GT2103-PMBDS2Version B or later (April 2015)

GT2103-PMBLS

Product name ModelHardware version (Manufacture year and

month)EMC Directive

5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 5 - 7

Page 112: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2. Connection typeThe following table lists the connection types compliant with the EMC Directive.

: Compliant ×: Not compliant

*1 For the details of each connection type, refer to the following manual.

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1 compatible for a controller used

*2 When connecting the GOT to other controllers such as a non-Mitsubishi PLC, fabricate connection cables and configure the

system following the EMC Directive specifications.

10. Non-Mitsubishi PLC, microcomputer, temperature controller, inverter, servo amplifier, CNC, MODBUS/RTU, and MODBUS/TCP connections

POINTPOINTPOINTConnected devices

When connecting the GOT to a non-Mitsubishi PLC, refer to the manual about the EMC Directive compliance of the connected device (such as a PLC and a microcomputer).

Connection type*1 GT27 GT25 GT23 GT21

Ethernet connection

Direct CPU connection

Computer link connection ×

Bus connection × ×

MELSECNET/H connection (PLC to PLC network) × ×

CC-Link IE Field Network connection × ×

CC-Link IE Controller Network connection × ×

CC-Link connection (Intelligent device station) × ×

GOT multi-drop connection × × × ×

Other connections*2

(Connection with non-Mitsubishi PLC, microcomputer, inverter,

temperature controller, servo amplifier, CNC, and MODBUS equipment)

5 - 8 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

Page 113: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5

EM

C D

IRE

CT

IVE

AN

D L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

DIR

EC

TIV

E

3. Communication unitTo comply with the EMC Directive, use the following communication units.When any other than the following communication units is used, the GOT does not comply with the EMC Directive.

Connection type Communication unit Hardware version (Manufacture year and month)

Ethernet connection GOT Ethernet interface -

Direct CPU connection

GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P

GT15-RS4-9SVersion D or later (January 2006)

Computer link connection

GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P

GT15-RS4-9SVersion D or later (January 2006)

Bus connection

GT15-QBUS Version D or later (October 2005)

GT15-QBUS2

GT15-ABUS

GT15-ABUS2

Version C or later (October 2005)

GT15-75QBUSL

GT15-75QBUS2L

GT15-75ABUSL

GT15-75ABUS2L

Version G or later (March 2005)

MELSECNET/H connection (PLC

to PLC network)

GT15-J71LP23-25

GT15-J71BR13Version C or later (September 2006)

CC-Link IE Controller Network

connectionGT15-J71GP23-SX Version A or later (December 2007)

CC-Link IE Field Network

connectionGT15-J71GF13-T2 Version A or later (April 2011)

CC-Link connection (Intelligent

device station)GT15-J61BT13 Version C or later (September 2006)

Non-Mitsubishi PLC connection

GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P

GT15-RS4-9SVersion D or later (January 2006)

Microcomputer connection

(Ethernet)GOT Ethernet interface -

Microcomputer connection

(Serial)

GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P

GT15-RS4-9SVersion D or later (January 2006)

Temperature controller connection

GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P

GT15-RS4-9S

GT15-RS4-TE

Version D or later (January 2006)

Inverter connectionGOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS4-9S Version D or later (January 2006)

Servo amplifier connection

GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P

GT15-RS4-9SVersion D or later (January 2006)

5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 5 - 9

Page 114: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4. Option unitTo comply with the EMC Directive, use the following option units.When any other than the following option units is used, the GOT does not comply with the EMC Directive.

*1 To use the unit on GT2715, the hardware version of the supplied GT16M-V4R1-Z/GT16M-V4-Z/GT16M-R2-Z and GT27-IF1000

must also be B or later.

CNC connection

GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P

GT15-RS4-9SVersion D or later (January 2006)

GT15-J71LP23-25

GT15-J61BT13Version C or later (September 2006)

GOT Ethernet interface -

MODBUS/RTU connection

GOT RS-232 interface -

GOT RS-422/485 interface -

GT15-RS2-9P, GT15-RS4-9S Version D or later (January 2006)

MODBUS/TCP connection GOT Ethernet interface -

Product name Model Hardware version (Manufacture year and month)

Multimedia unit GT27-MMR-Z Version A or later (August 2013)

Video/RGB input unit GT27-V4R1-Z Version A or later (August 2013),

GT2715: Version B or later (April 2014)*1Video input unit GT27-V4-Z

RGB input unit

GT27-R2 Version A or later (April 2015)

GT27-R2-ZVersion A or later (August 2013),

GT2715: Version B or later (April 2014)*1

RGB output unitGT27-ROUT Version A or later (April 2015)

GT27-ROUT-Z Version A or later (August 2013)

Printer unit GT15-PRN Version B or later (Feb 2006)

Sound output unit GT15-SOUT Version B or later (May 2007)

External I/O unitGT15-DIO Version B or later (May 2007)

GT15-DIOR Version A or later (July 2008)

SD card unit GT21-03SDCD - (October 2014)

Connection type Communication unit Hardware version (Manufacture year and month)

5 - 10 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

Page 115: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5

EM

C D

IRE

CT

IVE

AN

D L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

DIR

EC

TIV

E

5. Cable

(1) MELSECNET/H (coaxial cable), and video connectionsUse a double shielded coaxial cable.The 5C-2V connector plug is applicable to the double shielded coaxial cable.Connect the 5C-2V connector plug to the coaxial cable inside the double shielded coaxial cable.Ground the shielded part outside the double shielded coaxial cable as shown in the following figure.

(2) CC-Link IE Field Network connectionUse the following cable dedicated to the CC-Link IE Field Network.

(3) Other connectionsFor the details of the cables used, refer to the following manual.

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1 compatible for a controller used

POINTPOINTPOINTFabricating cables

To comply with the EMC Directive, fabricate cables (including user-created cables).For how to fabricate a cable, refer to the following.

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1 compatible for a controller used

Manufacturer Model

Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd. SC-E5EW-SM

Grounding

Mitsubishi cable: 5C-2V-CCYDouble-shielded coaxial cable

Internal conductor Insulation

material External conductor

Sheath

External conductor (Grounding)

SheathEnlarged view of cable

5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 5 - 11

Page 116: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5.2.4 Connection of power cables and ground cablesCarry out wiring and connect the power and ground cables according to the following instruction.By the different wiring or connection method, the system may not comply with EMC Directive.

1. Wiring methodAs shown in the figure below, connect the power cable and the ground cable, and then attach a ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330, manufactured by TDK Corporation) within the specified range.GT23 does not need ferrite cores.Make sure to ground the LG cable and FG cable.

For connection of power cables and ground cables, refer to the following.

5.2.1 2. Connection of power and ground cablesGT2705-VTBD does not have the LG ground terminal.

(1) 100 V AC to 240 V AC GOT power supply section (GT27,GT25,GT23 Only)

(2) 24 V DC GOT power supply section (GT27,GT25,GT23 Only)

INPUT 100-240VAC

(LG) (FG)

90 m

m o

r les

s

Ferrite core(ZCAT3035-1330)

INPUT 24VDC+- (LG) (FG)

90 m

m o

r les

s

Ferrite core(ZCAT3035-1330)

5 - 12 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

Page 117: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5

EM

C D

IRE

CT

IVE

AN

D L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

DIR

EC

TIV

E

5.2.5 Fabricating a connection cableFabricate the cables used for the GOT by the methods as shown in this section.The fabrication requires a ferrite core, cable clamp, and cable shielding materials.The following products have passed the Mitsubishi EMC Directive compliance test.• ZCAT3035-1330 ferrite core (TDK Corporation)• AD75CK-type cable clamp (Mitsubishi Electric Corporation)• Zipper tubing SHNJ type (Zippertubing (Japan),Ltd)

1. Ethernet connection

(1) Ethernet cableStrip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield for grounding. The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp.

5.2.6 Grounding a cable

• Connecting to the Ethernet interface of the GOT

• Connecting to the multimedia unit (GT27-MMR-Z)

2. Direct CPU connection

(1) RS-232 cable and RS-422 cableInstall a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.

3. Computer link connection

(1) RS-232 cable and RS-422 cableStrip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield sections for grounding.The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp.

5.2.6 Grounding a cable

PLC/personal computer sideGOT side

230 or less 40 40 400 or less Unit: mm (inch)(9.06) (1.57) (1.57) (15.75)

120 or less

Personal computer side

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330) GOT side

230 or less 40

Unit: mm (inch)

120 or less(4.72)

(4.72)

(9.06)

(1.57)

100 or less

Unit : mm (inch)

GOT side PLC sideFerrite Core(ZCAT3035-1330)

(3.94)

100 or less (3.94)

230 or less 40

230 or less

Unit: mm (inch)

GOT side PLC CPU side

40(9.06) (1.57) (1.57) (9.06)

5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 5 - 13

Page 118: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4. Bus connection

(1) GT15-QCB and GT15-QCBSStrip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield sections for grounding.The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp.

5.2.6 Grounding a cable

(2) GT15-CBS

Step 1. Cut the ground cables from both ends of the cable to the length as shown in the figure below.

Step 2. Install ferrite cores to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below, and insert the ground cables through the ferrite cores.

Step 3. Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield sections for grounding.The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp.

5.2.6 Grounding a cable

(3) Other bus connection cables

Step 1. Wrap the cable shielding material around the cable, and pull out the braided cables for grounding from the cable shielding material with the length as shown in the figure below.

Step 2. Install ferrite cores to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below, and insert the braided cable for grounding at the PLC side through the ferrite core.

GOT side

40 40

PLC/GOT side

Unit: mm (inch)

360 or less360 or less(14.17) (14.17)(1.57) (1.57)

(14.17) (14.17)

(2.36) (2.36)

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

360 or less 40 40Ground cables

(280 (11.02))

60 or less

GOT side

60 or less

360 or less

Unit: mm (inch)

PLC/GOT side

(1.57) (1.57)

80

GOT side PLC side

40 or lessUnit: mm (inch)

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

Grounding braided wire (50(1.97))

Grounding braided wire (200 (7.87))

Cable shielding material 80

40 or less(1.57)

(3.15)

(1.57)

(3.15)

5 - 14 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

Page 119: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5

EM

C D

IRE

CT

IVE

AN

D L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

DIR

EC

TIV

E

5. MELSECNET/H connection (PLC to PLC network) connection

(1) Coaxial cable

Step 1. Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose outer braided shield for grounding.The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp.

5.2.6 Grounding a cable

Step 2. Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.

(2) Fiber-optic cableFabricating a cable is not required.

6. CC-Link IE Field Network connection

Step 1. Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield for grounding.The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp.

5.2.6 Grounding a cable

Step 2. Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.

130 or less

GOT side PLC sideFerrite core

(ZCAT3035-1330)

230 or less 400 or less40 40Unit: mm (inch)

130 or less(5.12)

(9.06) (1.57)

(5.12)

(15.75)(1.57)

230 or less 40 40

120 or less

Controller sideFerrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

GOT side

400 or lessUnit: mm (inch)

(4.72)

(9.06) (1.57) (15.75)(1.57)

5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 5 - 15

Page 120: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

7. CC-Link connection (Intelligent device station)

Step 1. Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield for grounding.The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp.

5.2.6 Grounding a cable

Step 2. Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.• CC-Link dedicated cable for connecting the GOT and PLC

• CC-Link dedicated cable for connecting the GOT and GOT

8. External I/O device connection

Step 1. Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose braided shield for grounding.The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp.

5.2.6 Grounding a cable

Step 2. Connect the braided shield to the connector with the connector cover.

Step 3. Twist the power cables.

130

GOT side PLC sideFerrite core

(ZCAT3035-1330)

230 or less 400 or less40 40Unit: mm (inch)

130(5.12)

(9.06) (1.57) (15.75)

(5.12)

(1.57)

130

GOT side GOT sideFerrite core

(ZCAT3035-1330)

230 or less 230 or less40 40Unit: mm (inch)

130(5.12)

(9.06) (1.57)

(5.12)

(9.06)(1.57)

Connector cover

Braided shieldGOT side

External I/O device side

360 or less 360 or less40 40

Unit: mm (inch)

Power cable

(14.17) (1.57) (14.17)(1.57)

5 - 16 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

Page 121: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5

EM

C D

IRE

CT

IVE

AN

D L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

DIR

EC

TIV

E

9. Video/RGB connection

(1) Video input cable

Step 1. Strip off the sheath at both ends of the cable as shown in the figure below to expose outer braided shield for grounding.The braided shield sections are used for grounding with a cable clamp.

5.2.6 Grounding a cable

(2) RGB input cable

Step 1. Wrap the cable shielding material around the cable, and pull out the braided cables for grounding from the cable shielding material with the length as shown in the figure below.

Step 2. Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.

(3) RGB output cable

Step 1. Wrap the cable shielding material around the cable, and pull out the braided cables for grounding from the cable shielding material with the length as shown in the figure below.

Step 2. Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.

(9.06) (1.57) (15.75)(1.57)

Video camera/vision sensor sideGOT side

Unit: mm (inch)

230 or less 40 40 400 or less

GOT sideVision sensor/personal computer side

40 or less130 or less

Unit: mm (inch)

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

Grounding braided wire (50 (1.97))

Cable shielding material

170 or less

(5.12) (1.57) (6.69)

GOT sideVision sensor/personal computer side

40 or

less130 or lessUnit: mm (inch)

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

Grounding braided wire (50 (1.97))

Cable shielding material

110 or less(5.12) (1.57) (4.33)

GT2715

GT2712,GT2710,GT2708

GOT side External display side

200 or less 200 or less20 or less 20 or less

Unit: mm (inch)

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

Grounding braided wire (50 (1.97))

Cable shielding material

(7.87) (0.79) (0.79) (7.87)

5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 5 - 17

Page 122: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

10. Non-Mitsubishi PLC, microcomputer, temperature controller, inverter, servo amplifier, CNC, MODBUS/RTU, and MODBUS/TCP connectionsCreate the cables (RS-232 cable, RS-422/485 cable) for connecting the GOT and a controller by yourself.For how to create a cable, refer to the following.

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1 compatible for a controller used

POINTPOINTPOINTTreatment of the RS-232 cable and RS-422/485 cable

When the GOT is connected to a controller, configure the system according to the EMC Directive specifications for the controller.The following shows the recommended instructions to comply with the EMC Directive.However, the manufacturer of the equipment must determine the method to comply with the EMC Directive and conformance to the directive.

(1) RS-422/485 cable• When connecting each signal wire (except SG and FG wires), twist two signal wires as

shown below.

• Connect two or more SG wires.

(2) RS-232 cable• Twist each signal wire (except SG and FG wires) with the SG wire.

• Install a ferrite core to the cable in the positions as shown in the figure below.

SDA RDA

RDBSDB

RDA

RDB

SDA

SDB

RD

RDSD

SD

DTR

DTR

DSR

DSR

SG SG

100 or less

Ferrite core (ZCAT3035-1330)

100 or less

GOT side PLC CPU side

Unit: mm (inch)(3.94) (3.94)

5 - 18 5.2 EMC Directive Requirements

Page 123: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5

EM

C D

IRE

CT

IVE

AN

D L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

DIR

EC

TIV

E

5.2.6 Grounding a cable

1. Grounding methodGround the cable and ground cable to the control panel where the GOT and the PLC are installed.Ground the braided shield section of the cable to the control panel with the cable clamp (AD75CK).

To ground a bus connection cable, ground the braided cable for grounding to the control panel by tightening a screw.

2. PrecautionsDo not arrange the cable clamp close to the other cables that are not clamped.The noise from the control panel may enter the cable clamp and adversely affect the GOT.

Braided shield

Cable clampsFor the attachment details of cable clamps, refer to AD75CK-type Cable Clamping Instruction Manual <IB-68682>.

Ground the ground cable to the FG terminal at the GOT power supply section when using GT15-CEXSS-1 or GT15-CBS.

GOT FG terminal FG wire Bus connection cable

5.2 EMC Directive Requirements 5 - 19

Page 124: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5.3 Low Voltage Directive Requirements

The Low Voltage Directive requires that the equipment operating with power supply ranging from 50 V AC to 1000 V AC or 75 V DC to 1500 V DC has enough safety.This section explains the precautions for the installation and wiring of the GOT to comply with the Low Voltage Directive.The data described herein are produced with our best, based on the regulation requirements and standards obtained by Mitsubishi. However, the data do not guarantee that the equipment produced according to the data comply with the above directive.The manufacturer of the equipment must determine the method to comply with the Low Voltage Directive and conformance to the directive.

5.3.1 Power supplyThe insulation specification of the GOT is designed assuming installation category II.Make sure to supply power to the GOT in installation category II.

The installation category indicates the withstand surge voltage generated by lightning strike. Installation category I indicates the lowest withstand level, and installation category IV indicates the highest withstand level.Installation category II indicates a power supply whose voltage has been reduced by two or more levels of isolation transformers from the public power distribution.

5.3.2 Control panelThe GOT is an open type device (designed to be integrated in equipment).Make sure to install the GOT in a control panel.

1. Electric shock protectionTo prevent a person who does not have enough knowledge of electric facilities, such as an operator, from electric shock, take the following measures on the control panel.

(1) Locking the control panelLock the control panel, and allow only a person who is well educated and has enough knowledge of electric facilities to unlock the control panel.

(2) Automatic power shutdownBuild the structure so that the power supply is shut down when the control panel is opened.

2. Dustproof and waterproof featuresThe control panel also prevents dust and water.Insufficient dustproof and waterproof protection may lower the insulation withstand voltage, resulting in an insulation breakdown.Since the insulation of the GOT is designed assuming pollution degree 2, use the GOT in an environment of pollution degree 2 or less.

Pollution

degreeDescription

1 Environment where the air is dry and nonconductive dust occurs

2

Environment where normally nonconductive dust occurs

However, temporary conductivity occasionally occurs due to the accumulated dust.

For example, the inside of the control panel in a control room or in the floor at a typical factory

3Environment where conductive dust occurs and conductivity may occur due to the accumulated dust

For example, a typical factory floor

4Environment where continuous conductivity may occur due to rain, snow, and others

For example, outdoor

Category IV Category III Category II Category I

5 - 20 5.3 Low Voltage Directive Requirements

Page 125: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5

EM

C D

IRE

CT

IVE

AN

D L

OW

VO

LTA

GE

DIR

EC

TIV

E

5.3.3 GroundingThe GOT has the following ground terminals.The ground terminals must be grounded in use.Ground the GOT to ensure the safety and to comply with the EMC Directive.

Functional grounding : The functional ground terminal improves noise resistance.

5.3.4 External wiring

1. External controllersIf an external device connected to the GOT has a hazardous voltage circuit, the interface circuit to the GOT must have a reinforced insulation.

2. Reinforced insulationThe reinforced insulation indicates the insulation with the following withstand voltage.

Reinforced insulation withstand voltage (Source: Installation Category II of IEC664)

Rated voltage of hazardous voltage area Withstand surge voltage (1.2/50 µs)

150 V AC or less 2500V

300 V AC or less 4000V

5.3 Low Voltage Directive Requirements 5 - 21

Page 126: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5 - 22 5.3 Low Voltage Directive Requirements

Page 127: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

6. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL

6.1 Installation Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2

6.2 Panel Cut Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2

6.3 Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7

6.4 Installation Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 10

6.5 Control Panel Inside Temperature and GOT Installation Angle

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 19

6.6 Installing the GOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 23

6.7 Removing the GOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 31

6.8 Installing and Removing the Extension Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 35

6.9 Installing the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 38

6.10 Removing the Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 44

6.11 Installing the SD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 48

6.12 Removing the SD Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 51

6.13 Installing and Removing the USB Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 54

6.14 Installing and Removing the USB cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 55

6 - 1

Page 128: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.1 Installation Precautions

Install the GOT with consideration of the control panel inside dimensions and the installation prohibited area.Depending on the types of connection cables connected to the GOT, the distance more than the described dimensions may be required.Install the GOT with consideration of the connector dimensions and the cable bend radius.

6.2 Panel Cut Dimensions

6.2.1 GT27

1. GT2715-XOpen an installation hole on the control panel with the dimensions as shown below.

Unit: mm (inch)

The C dimension shows the measurements for installing fittings on the control panel.

Model A B C Panel thickness

GT2715-X383.5(15.10)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

282.5(11.12)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))10(0.39) or More 1.6 (0.06)to 4(0.16)

A

B

CC

CC

A

B

CC

CC

Horizontal Vertical

6 - 2 6.1 Installation Precautions

Page 129: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

2. GT2712-S, GT2710-S, GT2710-V, GT2708-S, GT2708-V, GT2705-VOpen an installation hole on the control panel with the dimensions as shown below.

Unit: mm (inch)

The C dimension shows the measurements for installing fittings on the control panel.

Model A B C Panel thickness

GT2712-S302(11.89)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

228(8.98)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

10(0.39) or More 1.6 (0.06)to 4(0.16)

GT2710-S,GT2710-V289(11.38)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

200(7.87)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

GT2708-S,GT2508-V227(8.94)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

176(6.93)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

GT2705-V153(6.02)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

121(4.76)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

A

BC

C

A

BC C

Horizontal Vertical

6.2 Panel Cut Dimensions 6 - 3

Page 130: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.2.2 GT25

1. GT2512-S, GT2510-V, GT2508-VOpen an installation hole on the control panel with the dimensions as shown below.

Unit: mm (inch)

The C dimension shows the measurements for installing fittings on the control panel.

Model A B C Panel thickness

GT2512-S302(11.89)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

228(8.98)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

10(0.39) or More 1.6 (0.06)to 4(0.16)GT2510-V289(11.38)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

200(7.87)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

GT2508-V227(8.94)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

176(6.93)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

A

BC

C

A

BC C

Horizontal Vertical

6 - 4 6.2 Panel Cut Dimensions

Page 131: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

2. GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, GT2508F-VOpen an installation hole on the control panel with the dimensions as shown below.

Unit: mm (inch)

The C to F dimensions show the measurements for installing fittings on the control panel.Additionally, install studs on the control panel.For information on how to install studs, refer to the following.

6.3 Stud

Model

Fitting

installation

position

(on the

GOT)

A B C D E FPanel

thickness

GT2512F-S

Long side

of the GOT 269(10.59)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

214(8.43)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

28(1.10) 17(0.67) 36(1.42) 26(1.02)

1.5(0.06)to

4(0.16)

Short side

of the GOT10(0.39) 35(1.38) 18(0.71) 44(1.73)

GT2510F-V

Long side

of the GOT 234(9.21)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

187(7.36)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

28(1.10) 33(1.30) 32(1.26) 33(1.30)

Short side

of the GOT10(0.39) 51(2.01) 14(0.55) 51(2.01)

GT2508F-V

Long side

of the GOT 194(7.64)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

158(6.22)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

28(1.10) 14(0.55) 32(1.26) 29(1.14)

Short side

of the GOT10(0.39) 32(1.26) 14(0.55) 47(1.85)

A

CE

B

A

B

D F

FD

C

Horizontal

Back of the control panel Back of the control panel

Vertical

E

6.2 Panel Cut Dimensions 6 - 5

Page 132: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.2.3 GT23

Open an installation hole on the control panel with the dimensions as shown below.

Unit: mm (inch)

The C dimension shows the measurements for installing fittings on the control panel.

6.2.4 GT21

Open an installation hole on the control panel with the dimensions as shown below.

Unit: mm (inch)

The C dimension shows the measurements for installing fittings on the control panel.

Model A B C Panel thickness

GT2310289(11.38)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

200(7.87)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))10(0.39) or More 1.6(0.06) to 4(0.16)

GT2308227(8.94)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

176(6.93)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

Model A B C Panel thickness

GT2104-R118(4.65)

(+1(0.04), 0(0))

92(3.63)

(+1(0.04), 0(0))13(0.52) or more 1(0.04) to 4(0.16)

GT2104-P137(5.48)

(+1(0.04), 0(0))

66(2.60)

(+1(0.04), 0(0))13(0.52) or more 1(0.04) to 4(0.16)

GT2103-P105(4.14)

(+1(0.04), 0(0))

66(2.60)

(+1(0.04), 0(0))13(0.52) or more 1(0.04) to 4(0.16)

A

BC

C

A

BC C

Horizontal Vertical

A

BC

C

A

BC C

Horizontal Vertical

6 - 6 6.2 Panel Cut Dimensions

Page 133: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

6.3 Stud

6.3.1 Stud specifications

Use the studs that satisfy the following specifications.

The studs on the control panel must have strength adequate to withstand a tightening torque of 0.9 N•m or more.Make sure that no foreign matter such as welding waste is at and around the bases of the studs.Tighten nuts on the studs in the specified torque range (0.8 N•m to 0.9 N•m) with a wrench for M4 nuts.

6.3.2 Distance between studs

1. GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, GT2508F-VTo mount the GOT on the control panel, studs are necessary.Align the studs with the installation holes of the fittings, and install the studs.The fittings must be installed on the top and bottom, or the right and left of the GOT.For GT2512F, you are recommended to install the fittings on the long sides of the GOT.

(1) Measurements based on the screen center

Unit: mm (inch)

Diameter Length

M4 10 mm (0.39 inch) or more

Model X X1 X2 Y Y1 Y2

GT2512F-S214(8.43)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

103(4.06)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))111(4.37)

269(10.59)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

134.5(5.30)

(+1(0.04), 0(0))134.5(5.30)

GT2510F-V187(7.36)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

89.5(3.52)

(+1(0.04), 0(0))97.5(3.84)

234(9.21)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

117(4.61)

(+1(0.04), 0(0))117(4.61)

GT2508F-V158(6.22)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

75.25(2.96)

(+1(0.04), 0(0))82.75(3.26)

194(7.64)

(+2(0.08), 0(0))

97.5(3.84)

(+1(0.04), 0(0))96.5(3.80)

Y1 Y2Y

X1

X2

X

Y1

Y2

Y

X1 X2X

panel openingBack of the control panel

Screen center Screen centerScreen centerScreen center

Back of the control panel

Horizontal Vertical

6.3 Stud 6 - 7

Page 134: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

(2) Measurements for the horizontally-oriented GOT with fittings on its top and bottom

Unit: mm (inch)

(3) Measurements for the horizontally-oriented GOT with fittings on its right and left

Unit: mm (inch)

Model A1 A2 A3 C1 C2 C3 D1 D2

GT2512F-S98(3.86)±

0.15(0.01)

113(4.45)±

0.15(0.01)

7.5(0.30)±

0.15(0.01)

98(3.86)±

0.15(0.01)

113(4.45)±

0.15(0.01)

7.5(0.30)±

0.15(0.01)

128.5(5.06)±

0.15(0.01)

132.5(5.22)±

0.15(0.01)

GT2510F-V105.5(4.15)±

0.15(0.01)

105.5(4.15)±

0.15(0.01)0(0)

105.5(4.15)±

0.15(0.01)

105.5(4.15)±

0.15(0.01)0(0)

114.5(4.51)±

0.15(0.01)

118.5(4.67)±

0.15(0.01)

GT2508F-V64.5(2.54)±

0.15(0.01)

74.5(2.93)±

0.15(0.01)-

64.5(2.54)±

0.15(0.01)

74.5(2.93)±

0.15(0.01)-

104.5(4.11)±

0.15(0.01)

104.5(4.11)±

0.15(0.01)

Model B1 B2 C4 C5 D3 D4

GT2512F-S75.5(2.97)±

0.15(0.01)

79.5(3.13)±

0.15(0.01)

160(6.30)±

0.15(0.01)

175(6.89)±

0.15(0.01)

75.5(2.97)±

0.15(0.01)

79.5(3.13)±

0.15(0.01)

GT2510F-V58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

161(6.34)±

0.15(0.01)

161(6.34)±

0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

GT2508F-V58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

126(4.96)±

0.15(0.01)

134(5.28)±

0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

A3

C3

A1 A2

C1 C2

D1

D2

panel opening

Back of the control panelStud

Screen center

C4 C5

D3

D4

B1

B2

panel opening

Back of the control panel

Stud

Screen center

6 - 8 6.3 Stud

Page 135: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

(4) Measurements for the vertically-oriented GOT with fittings on its top and bottom

Unit: mm (inch)

(5) Measurements for the vertically-oriented GOT with fittings on its right and left

Unit: mm (inch)

Model B1 B2 C4 C5 D3 D4

GT2512F-S75.5(2.97)±

0.15(0.01)

79.5(3.13)±

0.15(0.01)

160(6.30)±

0.15(0.01)

175(6.89)±

0.15(0.01)

75.5(2.97)±

0.15(0.01)

79.5(3.13)±

0.15(0.01)

GT2510F-V58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

161(6.34)±

0.15(0.01)

161(6.34)±

0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

GT2508F-V58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

126(4.96)±

0.15(0.01)

134(5.28)±

0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

58(2.28)±

0.15(0.01)

Model A1 A2 A3 C1 C2 C3 D1 D2

GT2512F-S98(3.86)±

0.15(0.01)

113(4.45)±

0.15(0.01)7.5(0.30)±0.15(0.01)

98(3.86)±

0.15(0.01)

113(4.45)±

0.15(0.01)7.5(0.30)±0.15(0.01)

128.5(5.06)±

0.15(0.01)

132.5(5.22)±

0.15(0.01)

GT2510F-V105.5(4.15)±0.

15(0.01)

105.5(4.15)±0.

15(0.01)0(0)

105.5(4.15)±0.

15(0.01)

105.5(4.15)±0.

15(0.01)0(0)

114.5(4.51)±

0.15(0.01)

118.5(4.67)±0.

15(0.01)

GT2508F-V64.5(2.54)±

0.15(0.01)

74.5(2.93)±

0.15(0.01)-

64.5(2.54)±

0.15(0.01)

74.5(2.93)±

0.15(0.01)-

104.5(4.11)±

0.15(0.01)

104.5(4.11)±

0.15(0.01)

D3 D4

B1 B2

C5

C4

panel opening

Back of the control panelStud

Screen centerScreen centerScreen center

C3

A3

A1

A2

D1 D2

C2

C1

panel opening

Back of the control panel

Screen centerScreen centerScreen center

6.3 Stud 6 - 9

Page 136: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.4 Installation Position

To install the GOT, some distance is required between the GOT and the other devices.

6.4.1 GT27

Depending on the units and cables used for the GOT, the distance more than the described dimensions may be required.Install the GOT with consideration of the connector dimensions and the cable bend radius.For the cable pull-out distance from the bottom of the GOT, refer to the following.

11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unitFor the vertical installation, install the GOT so that the vertical installation arrow printed on the GOT rear face points upward.

4.1 GT27

The following tables list the distance required between the GOT and the other devices.The dimensions within the parentheses apply when no equipment generating radiated noise (such as a contactor) or heat is installed near the GOT.However, always keep the ambient temperature of the GOT to 55 °C or lower.

B

D E

A

C

Panel thickness: 1.6 mm to 4 mm(0.06 to 0.16inch)

Horizontal

B

D

EA

C

Panel thickness: 1.6 mm to 4 mmVertical(0.06 to 0.16inch)

6 - 10 6.4 Installation Position

Page 137: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

Unit: mm (inch)

*1 This value is for use of the coaxial cable 3C-2V (JIS C 3501).

For specifications of the cable, refer to the GOT2000 Series Connection Manual for a controller used.

*2 This value differs depending on the cable used.

*3 This value differs depending on the cable used.

If the bending radius of the cable used is greater than the value specified above, apply the value of the cable used.

*4 When opening or closing the battery cover: 72(2.83) or more

Item

GT27

GT2715-X GT2712-SGT2710-S,

GT2710-V

GT2708-S,

GT2708-VGT2705-V

A

GOT only48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

48(1.89) or more

[29(1.14) or

more]

59(2.33) or more

Bus connection unit is fitted48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

23(0.91) or more

[29(1.14) or

more]

48(1.89) or more

Serial connection unit is fitted48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]47(1.85) or more

CC-Link communication unit (GT15-

J61BT13) fitted

48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

50(1.97) or more

[22(0.87) or

more]

MELSECNET/H communication unit

(coaxial) fitted*1

48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71)or more]

48(1.89) or more

[38(1.50) or

more]

48(1.89) or more

[45(1.77) or

more]

67(2.64) or more 81(3.19) or more

MELSECNET/H communication

unit(optical) fitted*2

48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]77(3.04) or more

CC-Link IE Controller Network

communication unit fitted

48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]55(2.17) or more

CC-Link IE Field Network

communication unit fitted

48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]55(2.17) or more

Video input unit fitted*148(1.89) or more

[18(0.71)or more]

48(1.89) or more

[38(1.50) or

more]

48(1.89) or more

[45(1.77) or

more]

67(2.64) or more -

RGB input unit fitted*348(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]-

Video/RGB input unit fitted*1*348(1.89) or more

[18(0.71)or more]

48(1.89) or more

[38(1.50) or

more]

48(1.89) or more

[45(1.77) or

more]

67(2.64) or more -

RGB output unit fitted*348(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]-

Multimedia unit fitted*148(1.89) or more

[18(0.71)or more]

48(1.89) or more

[38(1.50) or

more]

48(1.89) or more

[45(1.77) or

more]

67(2.64) or more -

Printer unit fitted48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

External I/O unit fitted48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

Sound output unit fitted48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

BHorizontal: 78(3.07) or more [18(0.71) or more]

Vertical: 48(1.89) or more [18(0.71) or more]

C

When the SD card is used50(1.97)or more

[20(0.79) or more]50(1.97) or more

100(3.94) or

more

When the SD card is not used50(1.97) or more

[20(0.79) or more]

DHorizontal: 50(1.97) or more [20(0.79) or more]

Vertical: 80(3.15) or more [20(0.79) or more]

E*4100(3.94) or more

[20(0.79) or more]

6.4 Installation Position 6 - 11

Page 138: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.4.2 GT25

1. GT2512-S, GT2510-V, GT2508-VDepending on the units and cables used for the GOT, the distance more than the described dimensions may be required.Install the GOT with consideration of the connector dimensions and the cable bend radius.For the cable pull-out distance from the bottom of the GOT, refer to the following.

11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unitFor the vertical installation, install the GOT so that the vertical installation arrow printed on the GOT rear face points upward.

4.2 GT25

B

D E

A

C

Panel thickness: 1.6 mm to 4 mm(0.06 to 0.16inch)

Horizontal

B

D

EA

C

Panel thickness: 1.6 mm to 4 mmVertical(0.06 to 0.16inch)

6 - 12 6.4 Installation Position

Page 139: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

The following tables list the distance required between the GOT and the other devices.The dimensions within the parentheses apply when no equipment generating radiated noise (such as a contactor) or heat is installed near the GOT.However, always keep the ambient temperature of the GOT to 55 °C or lower.

Unit: mm (inch)

*1 This value is for use of the coaxial cable 3C-2V (JIS C 3501).

For specifications of the cable, refer to the GOT2000 Series Connection Manual for a controller used.

*2 This value differs depending on the cable used.

*3 When opening or closing the battery cover: 72(2.83) or more.

ItemGT25

GT2512-S GT2510-V GT2508-V

A

GOT only48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

48(1.89) or more

[29(1.14) or more]

Bus connection unit is fitted48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

23(0.91) or more

[29(1.14) or more]

Serial connection unit is fitted48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

CC-Link communication unit (GT15-

J61BT13) fitted

48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

MELSECNET/H communication unit

(coaxial) fitted*1

48(1.89) or more

[38(1.50) or more]

48(1.89) or more

[45(1.77) or more]67(2.64) or more

MELSECNET/H communication

unit(optical) fitted*2

48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

CC-Link IE Controller Network

communication unit fitted

48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

CC-Link IE Field Network

communication unit fitted

48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

Printer unit fitted48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

External I/O unit fitted48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

Sound output unit fitted48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

BHorizontal: 78(3.07) or more [18(0.71) or more]

Vertical: 48(1.89) or more [18(0.71) or more]

C

When the SD card is used50(1.97)or more

[20(0.79) or more]50(1.97) or more

When the SD card is not used50(1.97) or more

[20(0.79) or more]

DHorizontal: 50(1.97) or more [20(0.79) or more]

Vertical: 80(3.15) or more [20(0.79) or more]

E*3100(3.94) or more

[20(0.79) or more]

6.4 Installation Position 6 - 13

Page 140: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2. GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, GT2508F-VDepending on the units and cables used for the GOT, the distance more than the described dimensions may be required.Install the GOT with consideration of the connector dimensions and the cable bend radius.For the cable pull-out distance from the bottom of the GOT, refer to the following.

11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unitFor the vertical installation, install the GOT so that the vertical installation arrow printed on the GOT rear face points upward.

4.2 GT25

E

B

C

A

D

Panel thickness: 1.5 mm to 4 mm(0.06 to 0.16inch)

Back of the Horizontal

E

D

C

BA

Panel thickness: 1.5 mm to 4 mm(0.06 to 0.16inch)

Back of the Vertical

6 - 14 6.4 Installation Position

Page 141: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

The following tables list the distance required between the GOT and the other devices.The dimensions within the parentheses apply when no equipment generating radiated noise (such as a contactor) or heat is installed near the GOT.However, always keep the ambient temperature of the GOT to 55 °C or lower.

Unit: mm (inch)

*1 This value is for use of the coaxial cable 3C-2V (JIS C 3501).

For specifications of the cable, refer to the GOT2000 Series Connection Manual for a controller used.

*2 This value differs depending on the cable used.

*3 When opening or closing the battery cover: 72(2.83) or more.

ItemGT25

GT2512F-S GT2510F-V GT2508F-V

A

GOT only58(2.28) or more

[28(1.10) or more]

58(2.28) or more

[39(1.54) or more]

Bus connection unit is fitted58(2.28) or more

[28(1.10) or more]

33(1.30) or more

[39(1.54) or more]

Serial connection unit is fitted58(2.28) or more

[28(1.10) or more]

CC-Link communication unit (GT15-

J61BT13) fitted

58(2.28) or more

[28(1.10) or more]

MELSECNET/H communication unit

(coaxial) fitted*1

58(2.28) or more

[48(1.89) or more]

58(2.28) or more

[55(2.17)or more]77(3.03) or more

MELSECNET/H communication

unit(optical) fitted*2

58(2.28) or more

[28(1.10) or more]

CC-Link IE Controller Network

communication unit fitted

58(2.28) or more

[28(1.10) or more]

CC-Link IE Field Network

communication unit fitted

58(2.28) or more

[28(1.10) or more]

Printer unit fitted58(2.28) or more

[28(1.10) or more]

External I/O unit fitted58(2.28) or more

[28(1.10) or more]

Sound output unit fitted58(2.28) or more

[28(1.10) or more]

BHorizontal: 88(3.46) or more [28(1.10) or more]

Vertical: 58(2.28) or more [28(1.10) or more]

C

When the SD card is used58(2.28) or more

[28(1.10) or more]58(2.28) or more

When the SD card is not used58(2.28) or more

[28(1.10) or more]

DHorizontal: 58(2.28) or more [28(1.10) or more]

Vertical: 88(3.46) or more [28(1.10) or more]

E*3100(3.94) or more

[20(0.79) or more]

6.4 Installation Position 6 - 15

Page 142: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.4.3 GT23

Depending on the units and cables used for the GOT, the distance more than the described dimensions may be required.Install the GOT with consideration of the connector dimensions and the cable bend radius.For the cable pull-out distance from the bottom of the GOT, refer to the following.

11.1 External Dimension DiagramsFor the vertical installation, install the GOT so that the vertical installation arrow printed on the GOT rear face points upward.

4.3 GT23

Unit: mm (inch)

*1 When opening or closing the battery cover: 72(2.83) or more

Item GT2310-V GT2308-V

A48(1.89) or more

[18(0.71) or more]

BHorizontal: 78(3.07) or more [18(0.71) or more]

Vertical: 50(1.97) or more [20(0.79) or more]

C

When the SD card is usedHorizontal: 50(1.97) or more [20(0.79) or more]

Vertical: 80(3.15) or more [20(0.79) or more]

Horizontal: 50(1.97) or more

Vertical: 80(3.15) or more [50(1.97) or more]

When the SD card is not

used

Horizontal: 50(1.97) or more [20(0.79) or more]

Vertical: 80(3.15) or more [20(0.79) or more]

D50(1.97) or more

[20(0.79) or more]

E*1100(3.94) or more

[20(0.79) or more]

B

D E

A

C

Panel thickness: 1.6 mm to 4 mm(0.06 to 0.16inch)Horizontal

B

D

EA

C

Panel thickness: 1.6 mm to 4 mm(0.06 to 0.16inch)Vertical

6 - 16 6.4 Installation Position

Page 143: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

6.4.4 GT21

Depending on the units and cables used for the GOT, the distance more than the described dimensions may be required. Install the GOT with consideration of the connector dimensions and the cable bend radius.For the cable pull-out distance from the bottom of the GOT, refer to the following.

11.1 External Dimension DiagramsFor the vertical installation, install the GOT so that the power supply terminal, which is located on the GOT rear face, is at the lower side.

4.4 GT21Horizontal

Vertical

B

D E

A

C

Panel thickness: 1 mm to 4 mm (0.06 to 0.16 inch)

C

BE

D

A

Panel thickness: 1 mm to 4 mm (0.04 to 0.16 inch)

6.4 Installation Position 6 - 17

Page 144: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

The following table lists the distance required between the GOT and the other devices. The dimensions within the parentheses apply when no equipment generating radiated noise (such as a contactor) or heat is installed near the GOT.

Unit: mm (inch)

*1 When an RS-232 cable or personal computer connection cable is connected to the rear face of GT2104-RTBD, GT2103-PMBDS,

or GT2103-PMBDS2, a distance of 80 mm (3.15 inches) or more is required.

When a user-created RS-232 cable is connected to the connector terminal block at the rear face of GT2104-RTBD, a distance of

20 mm (0.79 inch) or more is required.

ItemGT21

GT2104-R, GT2104-P, GT2103-P

A 50 (1.97) or more [20 (0.79) or more]

B 50 (1.97) or more [20 (0.79) or more]

C

When the SD card is used 50 (1.97) or more

When the SD card is not

used50 (1.97) or more [20 (0.79) or more]

D 50 (1.97) or more

E*1 80 (3.15) or more [20 (0.79) or more]

6 - 18 6.4 Installation Position

Page 145: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

6.5 Control Panel Inside Temperature and GOT Installation Angle

Install the GOT with its display section positioned as shown below.Using the GOT with the installation angle other than the following accelerates the deterioration of the GOT.

6.5.1 GT27

1. GT27When a multimedia unit (GT27-MMR-Z), MELSECNET/H communication unit (GT15-J71LP23-25, GT15-J71BR13), or CC-Link communication unit (GT15-J61BT13) is mounted, the operating ambient temperature must be 5°C lower than the maximum temperature described in Section 3.1 General Specifications.

(1) Installing the GOT horizontallyWhen the GOT is installed at any angle from 60 ° to 105 °, the control panel inside temperature must be within 55 °C.When the GOT is installed at any angle outside the range from 60 ° to 105 °, the control panel inside temperature must be within 40 °C.

(2) Installing the GOT verticallyWhen the GOT is installed a 90° angle, , the control panel inside temperature must be within 55°C.When the GOT is installed at any angle other than 90°, the control panel inside temperature must be within 40°C.

GOT

Display section

Control panel or others

105°

60°

GOT

Display section

Control panel or others

90°

6.5 Control Panel Inside Temperature and GOT Installation Angle 6 - 19

Page 146: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.5.2 GT25

1. GT2512-S, GT2510-V, GT2508-VWhen a multimedia unit (GT27-MMR-Z), MELSECNET/H communication unit (GT15-J71LP23-25, GT15-J71BR13), or CC-Link communication unit (GT15-J61BT13) is mounted, the operating ambient temperature must be 5°C lower than the maximum temperature described in Section 3.1 General Specifications.

(1) Installing the GOT horizontallyWhen the GOT is installed at any angle from 60 ° to 105 °, the control panel inside temperature must be within 55 °C.When the GOT is installed at any angle outside the range from 60 ° to 105 °, the control panel inside temperature must be within 40 °C.

(2) Installing the GOT verticallyWhen the GOT is installed a 90° angle, , the control panel inside temperature must be within 55°C.When the GOT is installed at any angle other than 90°, the control panel inside temperature must be within 40°C.

GOT

Display section

Control panel or others

105°

60°

GOT

Display section

Control panel or others

90°

6 - 20 6.5 Control Panel Inside Temperature and GOT Installation Angle

Page 147: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

2. GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, GT2508F-VWhen a multimedia unit (GT27-MMR-Z), MELSECNET/H communication unit (GT15-J71LP23-25, GT15-J71BR13), or CC-Link communication unit (GT15-J61BT13) is mounted, the operating ambient temperature must be 5°C lower than the maximum temperature described in Section 3.1 General Specifications.

(1) Installing the GOT horizontallyWhen the GOT is installed at any angle from 60 ° to 105 °, the control panel inside temperature must be within 55 °C.When the GOT is installed at any angle outside the range from 60 ° to 105 °, the control panel inside temperature must be within 40 °C.

(2) Installing the GOT verticallyWhen the GOT is installed a 90° angle, , the control panel inside temperature must be within 55°C.When the GOT is installed at any angle other than 90°, the control panel inside temperature must be within 40°C.

GOTDisplay section

Control panel or others

105°

60°

GOTDisplay section

Control panel or others

90°

6.5 Control Panel Inside Temperature and GOT Installation Angle 6 - 21

Page 148: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.5.3 GT23

1. GT23Regardless of the installation orientation, install the GT23 so that the following conditions are satisfied.When the GOT is installed at any angle from 60 ° to 105 °, the control panel inside temperature must be within 55 °C.When the GOT is installed at any angle outside the range from 60 ° to 105 °, the control panel inside temperature must be within 40 °C.

6.5.4 GT21

1. GT21

(1) Installing the GOT horizontallyWhen the GOT is installed at any angle from 60 ° to 105 °, the control panel inside temperature must be within 55 °C.When the GOT is installed at any angle outside the range from 60 ° to 105 °, the control panel inside temperature must be within 40 °C.

(2) Installing the GOT verticallyWhen the GOT is installed at any angle from 60 ° to 105 °, the control panel inside temperature must be within 50 °C.When the GOT is installed at any angle outside the range from 60 ° to 105 °, the control panel inside temperature must be within 40 °C.

GOT

Display section

Control panel or others

105°

60°

GOT

Display section

Control panel or others

105°

60°

GOT

Display section

Control panel or others

105°

60°

6 - 22 6.5 Control Panel Inside Temperature and GOT Installation Angle

Page 149: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

6.6 Installing the GOT

The following shows the procedure for installing the GOT.

6.6.1 GT27, GT25, GT23

1. GT27, GT2512-S, GT2510-V, GT2508-V, GT23Install the GOT in the following procedure.For the panel cut dimensions for the GOT, refer to the following.

6.2 Panel Cut DimensionsThe following shows an installation example for the horizontal direction.For the vertical installation, install the GOT so that the vertical installation arrow printed on the GOT rear face points upward.

4. PART NAMES AND SETTINGS

Step 1. Insert the GOT rear face into the panel opening.

Step 2. While positioning a fitting on the mounting hole of the GOT, tighten a screw within the specified torque range (0.36 N·m to 0.48 N·m).Tightening the screw with a torque exceeding the specified torque range may deform the GOT front panel, causing the protective sheet to become crinkled.For GT2715-X (8 fittings)

Panel opening

GOT

6.6 Installing the GOT 6 - 23

Page 150: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

For GT27 except GT2715-X, GT25, and GT23 (4 fittings)

Step 3. Remove the protective film from the GOT.

2. GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, GT2508F-VTo fasten the fittings on the control panel, studs are neccessary.For the details of panel cutting dimensions and studs, refer to the following.

6.2 Panel Cut Dimensions

6.3 StudThe following table shows the material and surface treatment of the control panel recommended for attaching the

environmental protection sheet..

Check that no dirt or damage is on the control panel on which the environmental protection sheet is attached.Since the environmental protection sheet cannot be reattached, make sure to check the attachment method and attach the sheet carefully.After removing the protective film from the GOT, make sure that no dust or other substances adhere to the display section.The following shows the procedure for installing GT2512F-S as an example. In this example, the supplied fittings are installed on the top and bottom of the GOT, and the control panel thickness is 3 mm.

Step 1. Install the supplied fittings on the top and bottom of the GOT with screws.Each fitting has two types of holes as shown below.Use the appropriate type of holes according to the control panel thickness.Hole A: for the control panel thickness 1.5 mm to 3.0 mmHole B: for the control panel thickness 2.0 mm to 4.0 mmWhen installing the fittings on the GOT, you are recommended to put a cloth or others under the GOT to prevent the display section from being damaged.

Item Description

Material Stainless or aluminum

Coating Melamine resin coating, acrylic resin coating, or no coating

Surface roughness Ra0.2 to 0.5 (μm)

6 - 24 6.6 Installing the GOT

Page 151: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

1.5

3.0

2.0

4.0

Hole A Hole B

Fittings (Top: 1, bottom: 1)

Screws (Top: 3, bottom: 3)

Cloth

6.6 Installing the GOT 6 - 25

Page 152: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

Step 2. Align the installation holes of the fittings with the studs, and insert the studs in the holes.

Step 3. Tighten nuts on the studs in the specified torque range (0.8 N•m to 0.9 N•m) with a wrench for M4 nuts.Loosen the screws in the slotted holes of the fittings, and adjust the positons of the screws to make the GOT display section and the control panel surface be in the same plane.

To attach the environmental protection sheet (sold separately), proceed to step 4.To attach a user-prepared environmental protection sheet, follow the maunal of the sheet used.

Step 4. Remove the inner part of the supplied stencil.Position the stencil on the panel opening, and attach the stencil using backside double-sided tape in four places.

panel opening

GOTFittings

Stud

StudNut

Slotted hole

panel opening

Double-sided tapeDouble-sided tape on the on the back of the stencilback of the stencil

Double-sided tape on the back of the stencil

panel

GOT

Stencil

6 - 26 6.6 Installing the GOT

Page 153: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

Step 5. Mark the four corners of the stencil on the control panel with a pencil or others.Remove the stencil.

Step 6. Remove the protective film from the GOT, and make sure that no dust or other substances adhere to the display section.

Step 7. Peel off a part of the release paper on the back of the environmental protection sheet.Do not remove the protective film from the environmental protection sheet. Align the sheet with the four markings on the control panel, and attach the peeled off part of the sheet to the control panel.

Peeling off

panel

Marking

Stencil

panel

Marking

A part of the release paper

Environmental protection sheet

Release paper

6.6 Installing the GOT 6 - 27

Page 154: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

Step 8. Peel off the remainder of the release paper, and attach the whole environmental protection sheet to the control panel.Since the environmental protection sheet cannot be reattached, make sure to check the attachment method and attach the sheet carefully.Make sure to attach the sheet from the attached part in step 7, and fit the sheet onto the control panel without leaving any air between them.

Step 9. Erase the markings.

Step 10. Apply enough pressure to the adhesive part of the environmental protection sheet.To ensure adequate adhesive strength, you are recommended to use the GOT about 24 hours later after the environmental protection sheet is attached.(Roll a roller back and forth two times with a load of 2 kg.)Check that the environmental protection sheet has no wrinkle, dirt, or others, and then remove the protective film from the sheet.

Environmental protection sheet

Marking

Remainder of the release paper

Environmental protection sheet

protection sheet

6 - 28 6.6 Installing the GOT

Page 155: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

6.6.2 GT21

1. GT21Install the GOT in the following procedure.For the panel cut dimensions for the GOT, refer to the following.

6.2 Panel Cut DimensionsThe following shows an installation example for the horizontal direction.For the vertical installation, install the GOT so that the power supply terminal, which is located on the GOT rear face, is at the lower side.

4.4 GT21

POINTPOINTPOINTCautions for an installation panel

Use a panel that has no warpage, damage, and unevenness on its surface. Failure to do so may not result in waterproof effect.Determine the panel thickness considering the panel strength.(For example, even though the panel has thickness within the range, the strength may be insufficient depending on the material and size. Insufficient panel strength may result in warpage depending on the installation position of the GOT and other devices.)

Step 1. Install a packing to the packing installation groove on the GOT rear face.

Packing installation groove

Packing

Enlarge

Packing

6.6 Installing the GOT 6 - 29

Page 156: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

Step 2. Insert the GOT rear face into the panel opening. (The following shows an example of the horizontal installation.)

Step 3. Insert the hook of an installation fitting (supplied) into the mounting hole of the GOT.Slide the installation fitting toward the GOT rear face.Then, viewing from the GOT rear face, slide the fitting to the left to fix, and tighten a screw within the specified torque range (0.20 N•m to 0.25 N•m).Fix the GOT using 4 fittings at the top and the bottom of the GOT.

POINTPOINTPOINTCautions for the GOT installation

Tighten mounting screws within the specified torque range.Undertightening can cause the GOT to drop.In addition, waterproof effect or oilproof effect may not be obtained.Tightening the screw in the specified torque range or more may damage the GOT or distort the panel, causing wrinkles on the surface of the display section. The wrinkles may lower visibility and lead to an incorrect input to the touch panel.Waterproof effect or oilproof effect may not be obtained because of distortion of the GOT or panel.

Step 4. The GOT in the factory shipment state has a protective film on the display section.After installing the GOT, remove the film.

Panel opening

Mounting screwInstallation fitting

1)

2)

3)

6 - 30 6.6 Installing the GOT

Page 157: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

6.7 Removing the GOT

The following shows the procedure for removing the GOT.

6.7.1 GT27, GT25, GT23

1. GT27, GT2512-S, GT2510-V, GT2508-V, GT23

Step 1. Remove the screws from the GOT.Remove the fittings from the GOT.For GT2715-X (8 fittings)

For GT27 except GT2715-X, GT25, and GT23 (4 fittings)

Step 2. Remove the GOT from the panel opening.

Panel opening

GOT

6.7 Removing the GOT 6 - 31

Page 158: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2. GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, GT2508F-VThe following shows the procedure for removing GT2512F-S as an example.

Step 1. Remove the nuts.

Step 2. Remove the GOT from the panel opening.

Step 3. Remove the environmental protection sheet gradually.If the sheet is difficult to remove, warm the sheet with a dryer or others.

Nut

panel opening

GOT

Stud

Environmental protection sheet

6 - 32 6.7 Removing the GOT

Page 159: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

Step 4. Remove the screws from the GOT.Remove the fittings from the GOT.You are recommended to put a cloth or others under the GOT to prevent the display section from being damaged.

Fittings (Top: 1, bottom: 1)

Screws (Top: 3, bottom: 3)

Cloth

6.7 Removing the GOT 6 - 33

Page 160: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.7.2 GT21

1. GT21

Step 1. Remove the mounting screws of the installation fitting on the GOT in the following order 1) to 3).Remove the installation fitting on the GOT.

Step 2. Remove the GOT from the panel opening.

Mounting screwInstallation fitting

2)

3)1)

Installation hole

6 - 34 6.7 Removing the GOT

Page 161: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

6.8 Installing and Removing the Extension Unit

For installing and removing a single extension unit, refer to the user's manual included in each extension unit.

POINTPOINTPOINTInstalling the extension interface relay board

Installing any of the following communication units to the GOT does not require the extension interface relay board to be installed.• Bus connection unit (GT15-QBUS2, GT15-ABUS2)• MELSECNET/H communication unit• CC-Link IE Controller Network communication unit• CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit• CC-Link communication unit

For installing/removing a wireless LAN communication unit to/from GT27 or GT25, refer to the following.

GOT2000 Series Wireless LAN Communication Unit User's ManualFor installing/removing an SD card to/from GT21, refer to the following.

GT21-03SDCD General DescriptionThe procedure of installing and removing the multiple extension units is as follows.

6.8.1 Installing multiple extension units

This section explains the procedure for mounting an extension unit on an already mounted extension unit.

Step 1. Make sure that the GOT power is off.

Step 2. Remove the connector cover and the stickers from the mounted extension unit.

Step 3. Mount an extension unit on the mounted extension unit.

Connector cover

Sticker

6.8 Installing and Removing the Extension Unit 6 - 35

Page 162: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

Step 4. Tighten the screws within the specified torque range (0.36 N·m to 0.48 N·m).

Step 5. To mount another extension unit, repeat Step 2 to Step 3.When you do not mount another extension unit, cover the screws with the accessory stickers to avoid static electricity.Keep the connector cover and the stickers attached.

POINTPOINTPOINT(1) Mounting position of the communication unit that occupies two extension interfaces

The following lists the communication units that occupy two extension interfaces. These units must be mounted to the GOT directly.These communication unit cannot be mounted on other communication units.When a video/RGB unit or a multimedia unit is mounted to the GOT, mount a communication unit on the video/RGB unit or the multimedia unit.• Bus connection unit (GT15-QBUS2, GT15-ABUS2, GT15-75QBUS2L, and GT15-

75ABUS2L only)• MELSECNET/H communication unit• CC-Link IE Controller Network communication unit• CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit• CC-Link communication unit (GT15-J61BT13)

(2) Mounting GT15-75QBUSL, GT15-75QBUS2L, GT15-75ABUSL, and GT15-75ABUS2LThese units cannot be mounted on a video/RGB unit or a multimedia unit.When connecting these units by the bus connection, use GT15-QBUS, GT15-QBUS2, GT15-ABUS, or GT15-ABUS2.

Sticker

Accessory sticker

Connector cover

6 - 36 6.8 Installing and Removing the Extension Unit

Page 163: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

6.8.2 Removing the extension unit

Step 1. Make sure that the GOT power is off.

Step 2. Remove the accessory stickers from the mounted extension unit.

Step 3. Loosen the screws of the unit.

Step 4. Remove the extension unit.

Step 5. Install the connector covers and stickers of the extension interface.

Connector cover

Sticker

6.8 Installing and Removing the Extension Unit 6 - 37

Page 164: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.9 Installing the Battery

Install a battery to the GOT before the first startup.The following shows the procedure for installing a battery.(Described with the GOT rear face facing up.)

POINTPOINTPOINT(1) Battery

• GT27,GT25:GT27 and GT25 come with a battery in the battery holder. Before using GT27 and GT25, connect the battery connector to the GOT connector.

• GT23 :Batteries for GT23 (GT11-50BAT) are sold separately. Purchase a battery before using GT23, mount it to the GOT, and connect the GOT connector to battery connector.

• GT2104-R :GT2104-R come with a battery in the battery holder.

• GT2103-P :Installing a battery is not required for GT2103-P. (GT2103-P holds the data by the built-in flash ROM.)

(2) battery replacement time• GT27, GT25, GT23 :

To replace the battery, leave the GOT on for more than 10 minutes before replacing the battery.Replace the battery within 5 minutes.

• GT2104-R :Replace the battery within 30 seconds.

The battery installation procedure differs depending on the GOT models.

6.9.1 Installing the battery to GT2715, GT2712, GT2710, GT2512 or GT25106.9.2 Installing the battery to GT2708, GT2705, or GT25086.9.3 Installing the battery to GT2310 or GT23086.9.4 Installing the battery to GT2104-R, GT2104-P

6.9.1 Installing the battery to GT2715, GT2712, GT2710, GT2512 or GT2510

The following shows the battery installation procedure, taking GT2712 as an example.

Step 1. Make sure that the GOT power is off.

Step 2. Install the battery to the GOT rear face.Open the battery cover as shown below.

Step 3. To replace the battery, remove the old battery, and then disconnect the connector.For information on how to remove the battery, refer to the following.

6.10 Removing the Battery

Battery cover

6 - 38 6.9 Installing the Battery

Page 165: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

Step 4. The GOT-side connector depends on whether the GOT has a battery extension cable.• Without a battery extension cable

Insert the battery connector to the GOT connector.• With a battery extension cable

Insert the battery connector to the battery extension cable connector of the GOT.

The GT27 models with the following hardware versions have no battery extension cable.• GT2715: Version G or later (manufactured in September 2014)• GT2712: Version M or later (manufactured in September 2014)• GT2710: Version Nor later (manufactured in September 2014)The GT25 models have no battery extension cable regardless of the hardware version.For how to check the hardware version, refer to the following.

11.6 Confirming of Versions and Conforming Standards

Step 5. After installing the battery to the battery holder of the GOT, close the battery cover until it clicks.

Step 6. Turn on the GOT.

Step 7. Check that the battery condition is normal with the utility.For the details of the battery condition display, refer to the following.

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)

With a battery extension cable

Battery coverBattery extension cable

Battery

Black cable

Red cable

Red cable

Connector

Black cable

Battery cover

Without a battery extension cableBattery Connector

Black cable

Red cable

Battery coverBattery

Connector

6.9 Installing the Battery 6 - 39

Page 166: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.9.2 Installing the battery to GT2708, GT2705, or GT2508

The following shows the battery installation procedure, taking GT2708 as an example.

Step 1. Make sure that the GOT power is off.

Step 2. Install the battery inside the SD card cover on the side of the GOT.Open the SD card cover as shown in the following figure.

Step 3. To replace the battery, remove the old battery, and then disconnect the connector.For information on how to remove the battery, refer to the following.

6.10 Removing the Battery

Step 4. Insert the battery connector to the GOT connector.

Step 5. After installing the battery to the battery holder of the GOT, close the SD card cover until it clicks.

SD card cover

SD card cover

Battery

Connector

Black cable

Red cable

SD card coverBattery

Connector

6 - 40 6.9 Installing the Battery

Page 167: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

Step 6. Turn on the GOT.

Step 7. Check that the battery condition is normal with the utility.For the details of the battery condition display, refer to the following.

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)

6.9.3 Installing the battery to GT2310 or GT2308

The following shows the battery installation procedure, taking GT2310 as an example.

Step 1. Make sure that the GOT power is off.

Step 2. Install the battery to the GOT rear face.Open the battery cover as shown below.

Step 3. To replace the battery, remove the old battery, and then disconnect the connector.For information on how to remove the battery, refer to the following.

6.10 Removing the Battery

Step 4. Insert the battery connector to the GOT connector.

Battery cover

Battery cover

Connector

Battery

Red cableBlack cable

6.9 Installing the Battery 6 - 41

Page 168: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

Step 5. After installing the battery to the battery holder of the GOT, close the battery cover until it clicks.

Step 6. Turn on the GOT.

Step 7. Check that the battery condition is normal with the utility.For the details of the battery condition display, refer to the following.

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)

Battery cover

Connector

Battery

6 - 42 6.9 Installing the Battery

Page 169: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

6.9.4 Installing the battery to GT2104-R, GT2104-P

The following shows the battery installation procedure, taking GT2104-R, GT2104-P as an example.

Step 1. Make sure that the GOT power is off.

Step 2. Open the battery cover as shown below.

Step 3. To replace the battery, remove the old battery, and then disconnect the connector.For information on how to remove the battery, refer to the following.

6.10 Removing the Battery

Step 4. Insert the battery connector to the GOT connector.

Step 5. After installing the battery to the battery holder of the GOT, close the battery cover until it clicks.

Step 6. Turn on the GOT.

Step 7. Check that the battery condition is normal with the utility.For the details of the battery condition display, refer to the following.

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)

Battery cover

GT2104-R GT2104-P

Battery cover

GT2104-R GT2104-P

ConnectorConnector

GT2104-R GT2104-P

Battery cover

Battery

Battery

Battery cover

6.9 Installing the Battery 6 - 43

Page 170: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.10 Removing the Battery

The battery removal procedure differs depending on the GOT models.

6.10.1 Removing the battery from GT2715, GT2712, GT2710, GT2512 or GT25106.10.2 Removing the battery from GT2708, GT2705, GT2710 or GT25086.10.3 Removing the battery from GT2310 or GT23086.10.4 Removing the battery from GT2104-R, GT2104-P

6.10.1 Removing the battery from GT2715, GT2712, GT2710, GT2512 or GT2510

The following shows the battery removal procedure, taking GT2712 as an example.

Step 1. Make sure that the GOT power is off.

Step 2. The battery is stored in the GOT rear face.Open the battery cover as shown below.

Step 3. After removing the battery from the battery holder of the GOT, unplug the connector.The GOT-side connector depends on whether the GOT has a battery extension cable.• Without a battery extension cable

Unplug the battery connector from the GOT connector.• With a battery extension cable

Unplug the battery connector from the battery extension cable connector of the GOT.

The GT27 models with the following hardware versions have no battery extension cable.• GT2715: Version G or later (manufactured in September 2014)• GT2712: Version M or later (manufactured in September 2014)• GT2710: Version Nor later (manufactured in September 2014)The GT25 models have no battery extension cable regardless of the hardware version.For how to check the hardware version, refer to the following.

Battery coverBattery

Connector

With a battery extension cable

Battery coverBattery extension cable

Battery

Black cable

Red cable

Red cable

Connector

Black cable

Battery cover

Without a battery extension cableBattery Connector

Black cable

Red cable

6 - 44 6.10 Removing the Battery

Page 171: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

11.6 Confirming of Versions and Conforming Standards

Step 4. Push and close the battery cover until it clicks.

6.10.2 Removing the battery from GT2708, GT2705, GT2710 or GT2508

The following shows the battery removal procedure, taking GT2708 as an example.

Step 1. Make sure that the GOT power is off.

Step 2. The battery is stored inside the SD card cover on the side of the GOT.Open the SD card cover as shown in the following figure.

Step 3. After removing the battery from the battery holder of the GOT, unplug the battery connector from the GOT connector.

Battery cover

SD card coverBattery

Connector

SD card cover

Battery

Connector

Black cable

Red cable

6.10 Removing the Battery 6 - 45

Page 172: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

Step 4. Close the SD card cover until it clicks.

6.10.3 Removing the battery from GT2310 or GT2308

The following shows the battery removal procedure, taking GT2310 as an example.

Step 1. Make sure that the GOT power is off.

Step 2. The battery is stored in the GOT rear face.Open the battery cover as shown below.

Step 3. After removing the battery from the battery holder of the GOT, unplug the battery connector from the GOT connector.

SD card cover

Battery cover

Connector

Battery

Battery cover

Connector

Battery

Red cable

Black cable

6 - 46 6.10 Removing the Battery

Page 173: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

Step 4. Push and close the battery cover until it clicks.

6.10.4 Removing the battery from GT2104-R, GT2104-P

The following shows the battery removal procedure, taking GT2104-R, GT2104-P as an example.

Step 1. Make sure that the GOT power is off.

Step 2. Open the battery cover as shown below.

Step 3. After removing the battery from the battery holder of the GOT, unplug the connector.

Step 4. Push and close the battery cover until it clicks.

Battery cover

Battery cover

GT2104-R GT2104-P

Battery cover

GT2104-R

ConnectorBattery

GT2104-P

Connector

Battery

GT2104-R

Battery cover

GT2104-P

Battery cover

6.10 Removing the Battery 6 - 47

Page 174: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.11 Installing the SD Card

The following shows the procedure for installing and removing an SD card.(Described with the GOT rear face facing up.)

GT27, GT25, GT23When inserting a SD card into the GOT, make sure to close the SD card cover.Failure to do so causes the data not to be read or written.GT21When inserting an SD card into the SD card unit, make sure to enable the SD card access in theGOT utility in advance.

Turning off the GOT while it accesses the SD card results in damage to the SD card and files.When using the GOT with an SD card inserted, check the following items.

CAUTION

6 - 48 6.11 Installing the SD Card

Page 175: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

6.11.1 GT27, GT25, GT23

Step 1. Open the SD card cover as shown below.

Step 2. After making sure that SD card access LED is off with SD card cover 90 degrees or more open, insert an SD card with its front side facing up.

Step 3. Push and close the SD card cover until it clicks.

Step 4. When the SD card cover is closed, the access to the SD card is allowed.

Open the cover of the SD card interface 90 degrees or more.SD card access LED

6.11 Installing the SD Card 6 - 49

Page 176: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.11.2 GT21

Before inserting or removing an SD card, turn off the GOT or select [Access inhibit] in the SD card access setting of the GOT.

Step 1. Touch [Utility main menu] → [Data control] → [SD card access] → [Permissions], and select [Access inhibit].

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)Check that the SD card access LED turns off.When the LED is off, the SD card can be inserted or removed at the GOT power-on.

Step 2. Open the SD card cover, and insert the SD card with its front side (name plate side) facing outward. Close the SD card cover.

Step 3. Touch [SD card access] → [Access inhibit], and select [Permissions].Check that the SD card access LED turns on.

Front side of the SD card

6 - 50 6.11 Installing the SD Card

Page 177: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

6.12 Removing the SD Card

The following shows the procedure for installing and removing an SD card.(Described with the GOT rear face facing up.)

If the SD card mounted on drive A of the GOT is removed while the GOT is accessed, processing forthe GOT might be interrupted about for 20 seconds.The GOT cannot be operated during this period.The functions that run in the background including a screen updating, alarm, logging, scripts, andothers are also interrupted.This stop affects the system operation, causing an accident.Remove the SD card after checking the following items.

GT27, GT25, GT23Check that the SD card access LED is off before removing the SD card.GT21Disable the SD card access in the GOT utility, and then check that the SD card access LED is offbefore removing the SD card.

WARNING

If the data storage mounted on the GOT is removed while the GOT is accessed, the data storage andfiles are damaged.To remove the data storage from the GOT, check that the access to the data storage in SD cardaccess LED, the system signal, and others is not performed.

GT27, GT25, GT23When inserting a SD card into the GOT, make sure to close the SD card cover.Failure to do so causes the data not to be read or written.GT21When inserting an SD card into the SD card unit, make sure to enable the SD card access in theGOT utility in advance.

When removing the SD card from the GOT, make sure to support the SD card by hand as it may popout.Failure to do so may cause the SD card to drop from the GOT, resulting in a failure or break.Before removing the USB device from the GOT, follow the procedure for removal on the utility screenof the GOT.After the successful completion dialog is displayed, remove the USB device by hand carefully.Failure to do so may cause the USB device to drop from the GOT, resulting in a failure or break.

When using the GOT with an SD card inserted, check the following items.

CAUTION

6.12 Removing the SD Card 6 - 51

Page 178: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.12.1 GT27, GT25, GT23

Step 1. Open the SD card cover as shown below.

Step 2. After making sure that SD card access LED is off with SD card cover 90 degrees or more open, push in the SD card to remove it

Step 3. Close the cover of the SD card interface.

Open the cover of the SD card interface 90 degrees or more.SD card access LED

6 - 52 6.12 Removing the SD Card

Page 179: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

6.12.2 GT21

Step 1. Touch [[Utility main menu] → [Data control] → [SD card access] → [Permissions], and select [Access inhibit].

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)Check that the SD card access LED turns off.When the LED is off, the SD card can be inserted or removed at the GOT power-on.

Step 2. Open the SD card cover, and remove the SD card.

POINTPOINTPOINT(1) Cautions for removing the SD card

While the SD card access LED is on, do not remove the SD card or power off the GOT. Doing so results in damage to the SD card and files.When removing the SD card from the GOT, make sure to hold the SD card as it may pop out.

(2) Enabling or disabling the SD card access when the SD card cover is removed (GT27 and GT25 only)The SD card access is enabled or disabled by closing or opening the SD card cover. If the SD card cover is faulty and remains opened, the SD Card Access Switch Status Control (GS1820.b0) turns on.

To enable or disable the SD card access, turn on or off GS1820.b1.

6.12 Removing the SD Card 6 - 53

Page 180: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.13 Installing and Removing the USB Devices

The following shows the procedure for installing and removing a USB device.

POINTPOINTPOINTThe following shows the procedure for installing and removing a USB device

When connecting the devices to the USB interface (Host) using USB hub with the GOT power on, drive assignment of connected USB devices may be changed.To use the USB hub devices, turn on the GOT with the devices connected.

6.13.1 Installing the USB devices

Step 1. Push the [PUSH] mark on the USB environmental protection cover to open the cover.

Step 2. Insert the USB interface to the USB interface (Host) as shown below.Make sure to insert the USB interface connector in the correct direction.

6.13.2 Removing the USB devices

Step 1. Place the USB device in removable mode.For the setting method, refer to the following.

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)

Step 2. Remove the USB interface from the USB interface (Host) as shown below.

Step 3. Push the [PUSH] mark on the USB environmental protection cover to close the cover.

6 - 54 6.13 Installing and Removing the USB Devices

Page 181: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6

INS

TAL

LA

TIO

N A

ND

RE

MO

VA

L

6.14 Installing and Removing the USB cable

The following shows the procedure for installing and removing a USB cable to the USB interface on the GOT rear face.

6.14.1 Installing the USB cable

Install the USB cable to the GOT in the following procedure.Attach a cable clamp depending on the usage environment, such as when fixing a cable is difficult.

Step 1. Install the USB cable to a USB interface (Host/device) on the GOT rear face.

Step 2. Insert a cable clamp to the mounting hole for a cable clamp shown in the following figure and push it until you hear a clicking sound. For the direction that the band goes through, refer to the arrow in the figure.(Cable clamp used in this example: RSG-130-V0, KITAGAWA INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.)

Step 3. Pass the USB cable through a hole of the cable clamp and pull the band to fix the cable.

6.14 Installing and Removing the USB cable 6 - 55

Page 182: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6.14.2 Removing the USB cable

When removing the mounted cable clamp and USB cable, refer to the following procedure.(Cable clamp used in this example: RSG-130-V0, KITAGAWA INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.)

Step 1. Remove the cable clamp bandDraw out the band while pushing up the tab of the cable clamp with a screwdriver or other tools.

Step 2. Remove the cable clamp while holding its both sides (Arrow A in the figure). Removing the USB cable

POINTPOINTPOINTThe USB cable can be removed from the unit with the cable clamp. Remove the cable with holding both sides of the cable clamp (Arrow A in the figure).

TabBand Driver

AA

A

A

6 - 56 6.14 Installing and Removing the USB cable

Page 183: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

7

WIR

NG

OF

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

SE

CT

ION

7. WIRNG OF POWER SUPPLY SECTION

7.1 Wiring of External Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 3

7.2 Power Supply Wiring to th GOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 4

7.3 Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 6

7.4 Wiring Inside and Outside the Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 10

7.5 Attaching a Surge Suppressor to Control Equipment . . . . . . 7 - 11

7.6 Grounding the Extension Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 12

7 - 1

Page 184: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

This section describes wiring to the GOT power supply section.For the connection to a controller, refer to the following manual.

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1 compatible for a controller usedFor external dimensions of connection cable, refer to the following.

11. APPENDICES

POINTPOINTPOINTGeneral preventive measures against noise

There are two kinds of noises: Radiated noise that is transmitted into the air and Conductive noise that is directly transmitted along connected lines. Countermeasures must be taken considering both kinds of noises and referring to the following 3 points.

(1) Protecting against noise(a) Keep signal lines away from noise sources such as a power cable or a high-power drive circuit.(b) Shield the signal lines.

(2) Reducing generated noise(a) Use a noise filter, etc. to reduce the level of the noise generated due to a source such as a high-power motor drive circuit.(b) Attach a surge suppressor on the terminal of the molded case circuit breaker (MCCB), electromagnetic contactor, relay, solenoid valve, or induction motor to supress the noise.

(3) Releasing noise to the ground(a) Make sure to connect the ground cable to the ground.(b) Use a short and thick cable to lower its ground resistance.(c) Ground the power system and the control system separately.

Be sure to shut off all phases of the external power supply used by the system before wiring.Failure to do so may result in an electric shock, product damage or malfunctions.Please make sure to ground FG terminal of the GOT power supply section by applying 100Ω or lesswhich is used exclusively for the GOT.Not doing so may cause an electric shock or malfunction. (GT21 does not have the LG terminal.)Correctly wire the GOT power supply section after confirming the rated voltage and terminalarrangement of the product.Not doing so can cause a fire or failure.Tighten the terminal screws of the GOT power supply section in the specified torque range.Undertightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction.Overtightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction due to the damage of the screws or the GOT.Exercise care to avoid foreign matter such as chips and wire offcuts entering the GOT.Not doing so can cause a fire, failure or malfunction.

WARNING

Plug the communication cable into the connector to be connected, and tighten the mounting screws and the terminal screws in the specified torque range.Undertightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction.Overtightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction due to the damage of the screws or unit.

CAUTION

7 - 2

Page 185: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

7

WIR

NG

OF

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

SE

CT

ION

7.1 Wiring of External Power Supply

1. Separating the power supply systemCarry out wiring so that the power supply system is separated into the GOT, I/O equipment, and power equipment as shown below.When frequent noise is identified, connect an isolation transformer.

2. Separating the power cables from the main circuit line and the I/O signal lineSeparate the 100 V AC, 200 V AC, and 24 V DC cables from the main circuit lines (high voltage, large current) and I/O signal lines.Separate them with a distance of 100 mm or more as a guide.

3. Treatment on power cablesTwist 100 V AC, 200 V AC, and 24 V DC cables as closely as possible, and connect the cables with the minimum length between the power supply and each device.To minimize the voltage drop, use thick wires as much as possible (Cable cross section: 0.75 mm2 to 2 mm2).Use M3 solderless terminals, and securely tighten them with a tightening torque of 0.5 N·m to 0.8 N·m to prevent any problems.

4. Connecting the lightning surge absorberAs measures against surge due to lightning, connect a lightning surge absorber as shown below.

Separate the grounding of the lightning surge absorber (E1) from the grounding of the GOT (E2).Select an appropriate lightning surge absorber that has the maximum allowable circuit voltage withstanding the maximum power supply voltage.

GOT

I/O equipment

Main circuit equipment

GOT power

Isolation transformerMain power

I/O power

Main circuit power

T1

AC

E1

E2

GOT

Lightening surge absorber

7.1 Wiring of External Power Supply 7 - 3

Page 186: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

7.2 Power Supply Wiring to th GOT

The following shows the examples of wiring the power cable, ground cable and other cables to the GOT power supply terminal.

1. Precautions

(1) Treatment on power cablesFor 100 V AC, 200 V AC, and 24 V DC cables, use thick wires as much as possible (Cable cross section: 0.75 mm2

to 2 mm2), and make sure to twist them to the terminals.To prevent a short circuit due to loose screws, use a solderless terminal with an insulation sleeve.

(2) GroundingAfter connecting the LG terminal and the FG terminal, make sure to connect them to the ground.Otherwise, the system is susceptible to noise.The LG terminal has a potential equal to a half of the input voltage.Therefore, touching the terminal may lead to an electric shock.For GT2705-V, connect only the FG terminal because the model does not have the LG terminal.

INPUT100-240VAC

GOT

INPUT24VDC

FuseFor 100 V AC

+-

Ground cableGrounding

For 24 V DCGOT

GT27, GT25, GT23

+-

For 24 V DC (GT2705)GOT

INPUT24VDC

Ground cableGrounding

GOT power supply terminal

GT21

24 V DC +10%-15%

7 - 4 7.2 Power Supply Wiring to th GOT

Page 187: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

7

WIR

NG

OF

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

SE

CT

ION

2. Precautions (GT21)

(1) Terminal processing of power cablesConnect a stranded wire or a single wire directly, or use a rod terminal with an insulation sleeve.Do not tighten the terminal screws in the specified torque range or more. Doing so can cause a failure or malfunction.

(a) When connecting a stranded wire or a single wire directlyTwist the end of the stranded wire to prevent the elemental wires from protruding.Do not apply solder plating on the wire terminal.

(b) When using a rod terminal with an insulation sleeveA wire with a thick sheath cannot enter the insulation sleeve smoothly. Select a wire referring to the figure of external dimensions below.

(2) ToolTighten the power supply terminal using a commercially-available small screwdriver. The tip of the screwdriver must be straight and as wide as the shaft, as shown in the figure below.

Manufacturer Swage

PHOENIX CONTACT CRIMPFOX UD6

Manufacturer Model

PHOENIX CONTACT SZS 0.4 × 2.5

Approx. 5 mm

(0.20inch)

6mm(0.24inch)

10.5mm to 12 mm(0.42inch to 0.48inch)

2mm to 2.5 mm(0.08inch) to (0.10inch)

Contact partInsulation sleeve

0.4mm(0.02inch)

2.5mm(0.10inch)

Straight tip

7.2 Power Supply Wiring to th GOT 7 - 5

Page 188: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

7.3 Grounding

Each GOT has the following ground terminals.• GT27 (except GT2705-V), GT25, GT23: FG terminal and LG terminal• GT2705-V, GT21 : FG terminal

7.3.1 Grounding the GOT

1. Grounding methodGround the GOT as shown below.• Use independent grounding as much as possible for the GOT.

Ground the GOT with a ground resistance of 100 Ω or less. • When independent grounding cannot be applied for the GOT, use shared grounding as shown in (2) below.

• For the grounding methods of (1) and (2) above, use a cable with 2 mm2 or more cross section.Make a ground point near the GOT as much as possible to shorten the ground cable.

2. Grounding examples

(1) Independent grounding (Best)For grounding for control system, ground the system at one end.Especially for the control devices communicating each other, ground the system at one end.

GOT GOT GOT Other device Other device Other device

Grounding (ground resistance: 100

Ω or less)

Grounding (ground resistance:

100 Ω or less)

(1) Independent grounding Best (2) Shared grounding Good (3) Common grounding Not allowed …… …… ……

GOT

CN1A CN1B

CN2 CN3

FGLG

Grounding for control system

Ground terminal block

Connection cable

Panel grounding

Grounding for power system

FG

FG

LG

Power equipment (such as servo)

Ground terminal block

7 - 6 7.3 Grounding

Page 189: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

7

WIR

NG

OF

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

SE

CT

ION

(2) Shared grounding (Good)Ground the system at one end.To prevent noise from entering the GOT, use a short and thick wire for grounding between the ground and the control panel to lower ground resistance.

(3) Common grounding (Not allowed)Do not connect the ground cables of the power equipment and control equipment with a wire.When the cables are connected, noise from the power equipment may affect the control equipment, causing a malfunction.

3. Recommended terminal shape

Applicable solderless terminal

RAV1.25-3, V2-S3.3, V2-N3A, FV2-N3A

GOT

CN1A CN1B

CN2 CN3

FGLG

Connection cable

Panel grounding Panel grounding

Use as short and thick a wire as possible.

FG

FG

LG

Power equipment (such as servo)

GOTFGLG

Connection cable

Panel groundingPanel grounding

FG

FG

CN1BCN1A

CN3CN2 LG

Power equipment (such as servo)

The power equipment and the control equipment are connected with a wire.

Terminal screw

Solderless terminal

Terminal screw

6.2 mm or less

φ3.2

φ3.2

6.2 mm or less

When wiring one cable to one terminal

When wiring two cables to one terminal

Solderless terminal

7.3 Grounding 7 - 7

Page 190: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

7.3.2 Causes of wiring-related malfunction and countermeasure examplesCauses of a malfunction due to grounding of the GOT include potential difference caused by grounding and noise.The following measures may reduce potential difference and noise.

1. Wiring of the ground cable and power line of the GOTWhen the ground cable and power line of the GOT are installed together, the GOT may malfunction due to noise.Separating the ground cable and power line of the GOT in wiring reduces the influence of noise.

2. When leading the ground cable from the control panel having control equipment into the control panel having the GOTWhen a single ground cable is led from the control panel having control equipment, including a PLC, into the control panel having the GOT, the cable may be directly connected to the power terminal of the GOT.

The malfunction due to the potential difference caused by the grounding in such a case may be prevented by reducing the voltage as shown in countermeasure example 1 below.

(1) Countermeasure example 1When any potential difference between the ground cable and the control panel having the GOT affects the GOT, also connect the ground cable to the control panel.When Countermeasure example 1-1 is difficult to be taken, such as the wiring is impossible, carry out wiring as shown in Countermeasure example 1-2.

If noise further affects the GOT by taking Countermeasure example 1, Countermeasure example 2 may reduce the influence of noise.

GOT

FGLG

Power for the power equipment

Good example: The ground and power cables are separated in wiring.

Power for the power equipment

Bad example: The ground and power cables are installed together.

GOT

FGLG

Connection cable

Ground cable led from the panel having the control equipment

GOTFG

LG

GOT

Grounding to the panel

Ground wires

Use as short and thick a wire as possible.

FGLG

Connection cable

Measure example 1-1 Measure example 1-2

GOT

Grounding to the panel

Ground wiresFGLG

Connection cable

7 - 8 7.3 Grounding

Page 191: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

7

WIR

NG

OF

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

SE

CT

ION

(2) Countermeasure example 2If the noise from the control panel having the GOT adversely affects the GOT even after Countermeasure example 1 is taken, attach the ferrite core (KITAGAWA INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD. RFC-H13 or equivalent).When attaching a ferrite core, insert the cable through the ferrite core several times (approximately three times).When Countermeasure example 2-1 is difficult to be taken, such as the wiring is impossible, carry out wiring as shown in Countermeasure example 2-2.

GOT

Grounding to the panel

Ferrite coreGround wiresUse as short and thick a wire as possible.

FG

LG

Connection cable

GOT

Grounding to the panel

Ground wires

FG

LG

Connection cable

Ferrite core

Measure example 2-1 Measure example 2-2

7.3 Grounding 7 - 9

Page 192: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

7.4 Wiring Inside and Outside the Control Panel

7.4.1 Control panel inside wiringAs shown in the following figure, power lines, including power cables and servo amplifier driving cables, and communication cables, including bus connection cables and network cables, must not be mixed.Mixing the power lines and communication cables may cause a malfunction due to noise.When devices that generate surge noise, including a molded case circuit breaker (MCCB), electromagnetic contactor (MC), relay (RA), solenoid valve, and induction motor, are used, a surge suppressor is effective.For the surge suppressor, refer to the following.

7.5 Attaching a Surge Suppressor to Control Equipment

7.4.2 Control panel outside wiringTo lead the power line and the communication cable outside the control panel, open cable holes at two separate places to lead the cables separately out.When the cables are led out through the same cable hole for wiring reasons, the cables are more easily affected by noise.

Separate the power line and communication cable each other 100 mm or more in the duct.When the cables are close each other for wiring reasons, use a separator (made of metal).Doing so reduces the noise influence.

Terminal block

Inside control panel

Separately wired power lines and communication cables

Power cable

GOT connection cable

PLC I/O wire

Driving control line

NFB

MC MC RA RA

Terminal block

Inside control panel

Mixed power lines and communication cables

Power cable

NFB

MC MC RA RA

GOT connection cable

PLC I/O wire

Driving control line

Power line

Communication cable

Cable hole

Power lineCommunication cable

Wiring the power lines and the communication cables outside the control panel

Power line Wiring duct Separator

Power lineSignal wire Communication

cable

100 mm or more

Wiring of power line and communication cable in the duct

7 - 10 7.4 Wiring Inside and Outside the Control Panel

Page 193: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

7

WIR

NG

OF

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

SE

CT

ION

7.5 Attaching a Surge Suppressor to Control Equipment

When the GOT fails to work properly, for example a communication error occurs, in synchronization with the ON/OFF status of the specific control equipment, including a molded case circuit breaker, electromagnetic contactor, relay, solenoid valve, and induction motor (hereinafter described as load), the GOT may be affected by surge noise.In such a case, separate the ground cable and the communication cable from the load.When the ground cable or communication cable has to be installed close to the load, attaching a surge suppressor is effective.Attach a surge suppressor closest to the load.

1. Measures against AC inductive load

2. Measures against DC inductive load

AC

CR

Output equipment such as PLC's output module

The surge suppressor must be attached close to the load.

The GOT ground cable and the communication cable must not be installed close to the load.

Output

L Load

DC

D

Output equipment such as PLC's output module

The surge suppressor must be attached close to the load.

The GOT ground cable and the communication cable must not be installed close to the load.

Output

L

Load

7.5 Attaching a Surge Suppressor to Control Equipment 7 - 11

Page 194: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

7.6 Grounding the Extension Unit

7.6.1 Wiring of the FG cable of a bus connection cableThis section explains wiring of FG cables when a GOT is connected to a PLC CPU with bus connection cables.

POINTPOINTPOINTCables connected to the PLC CPU

Do not install the connection cable together with or close to the main circuit lines (high voltage, large current) or I/O signal lines.

1. Connecting the QCPU/motion controller CPU (Q series) and GOTGrounding of the FG cable for the QCPU and motion controller CPU (Q series) is unnecessary since they have no FG cable.

2. Connecting the QnACPU/ACPU/motion controller CPU (A series) and GOTGround a GOT as shown below when GT15-CEXSS-1 or GT15-CBS is used.

POINTPOINTPOINT(1) Terminals of the GOT

Layout of terminal blocks of a GOT differs depending on the GOT model.Check the terminal layout of the GOT to be used and perform wiring.

(2) Ground cablesUp to two ground cables can be connected to each of LG and FG of the GOT.When three or more ground cables need to be connected, connect the third and later cables to the LG.

(1) For GT15-CEXSS-1

Step 1. Connect the LG and FG of the GOT power supply at the terminal block and ground them with one cable.

Step 2. Wire the FG cable of the GT15-CBS. The length of the cable must be 28 cm or shorter.

Step 3. Do not connect the ground cable for FG of the GT15-EXCNB.

Step 4. Connect the FG cable of the GT15-CBS at the GOT side to FG of the power terminal block of the GOT.

Step 5. Connect the FG cable of the GT15-CBS at the PLC side to the FG of the power supply module of the PLC.

Step 6. Connect the LG and FG of the PLC at the terminal block and ground them with one cable.

(2) For GT15-CBSPerform the grounding at the GOT side (described in (1)) for both GOTs.

FGLGNL

PLCNot connected

(GT15-EXCNB)

GOT

OUT IN

FGLGNL

2SQ wire FG terminal28 cm or less

(GT15-CBS)

7 - 12 7.6 Grounding the Extension Unit

Page 195: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

8

OP

ER

AT

ING

TH

E G

OT

8. OPERATING THE GOT

8.1 Outline Procedure to Start the GOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 2

8.2 Creating Project Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 5

8 - 1

Page 196: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

8.1 Outline Procedure to Start the GOT

This section explains the outline procedure to operate the GOT.

1. Preparing project data

Step 1. Install GT Designer3 Version1 on the personal computer.For how to install GT Designer3 Version1, refer to the following.

GT Works3 Version1 Installation Instructions

Step 2. Create project data with GT Designer3 Version1.For how to use GT Designer3 Version1 and create project data, refer to the following.

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Help

2. Installing an extension unit and option

Step 1. Install options other than the SD card and USB memory to the GOT.For how to install options, refer to the following.

6.9 Installing the Battery

User's Manual of each option

Step 2. Install an extension unit to the GOT.For how to install extension units, refer to the following.

6.8 Installing and Removing the Extension Unit

3. Installing the GOT, and power supply wiring

Step 1. Install the GOT to the control panel.For how to install the GOT, refer to the following.

6.6 Installing the GOT

Step 2. Carry out wiring of power cables for the GOT.For the wiring of power cables, refer to the following.

7. WIRNG OF POWER SUPPLY SECTION

Start

Preparing project data

Installing an extension unit and option

Connecting the GOT and the controller

Starting monitoring

End

Writing package data

Installing the GOT, and power supply wiring

8 - 2 8.1 Outline Procedure to Start the GOT

Page 197: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

8

OP

ER

AT

ING

TH

E G

OT

4. Writing package dataWrite package data with GT Designer3 Version1.The writing procedure differs depending on the data writing method.

POINTPOINTPOINTTerms

(1) Basic softwareThe basic software is equivalent to an operating system of the GOT.A GOT in which no basic software is written cannot be started.

(2) Package dataThe package data contains project data and applications necessary to execute the project data.Writing the package data into the GOT enables you to use the user-created project data on the GOT.

(1) Writing package data directly from a personal computer to the GOTConnect the GOT and a personal computer, and write the package data to the GOT.

Step 1. Connect the personal computer and GOT.• USB:

Connect the USB interface (Device) and the USB port of the personal computer with a USB cable.• Ethernet:

Connect the Ethernet interface and the Ethernet port of the personal computer with an Ethernet cable.To write the package data to the GOT by Ethernet, install the basic software to the GOT and configure the communication settings to enable the communication between the GOT and the personal computer by Ethernet in advance.

• Via PLC:(GT27, GT25 only)Connect the GOT and the personal computer via the PLC connected to the GOT.

For each connection setting, refer to the following.

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Help

Step 2. Turn on the GOT.

Step 3. Write the package data with GT Designer3 Version1.For how to write the package data, refer to the following.

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Help

(2) Writing package data from the data storage to the GOTWrite the package data to the GOT using the data storage such as an SD card.

Step 1. Install a data storage such as an SD card to the personal computer.

Step 2. Write the package data to the data storage with GT Designer3 Version1.For how to write the package data, refer to the following.

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Help

Step 3. Install the data storage to the GOT.• SD card (A drive): Insert the card to the SD card interface.• USB memory (Drive B): Insert the memory to the USB interface (Host).• Other data storage (Drive B to drive G): Connect the storage to the USB interface (Host).

8.1 Outline Procedure to Start the GOT 8 - 3

Page 198: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

Step 4. Turn on the GOT.To start the GOT with the built-in flash memory (Drive C), write the package data to the built-in flash memory (Drive C) of the GOT.For how to write the package data, refer to the following.

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)

To start the GOT with the data storage (Drive A, B, D to G), writing the package data to the built-in flash memory (Drive C) of the GOT is not required.

5. Connecting the GOT and the controller

Step 1. Check the communication settings in the utility screen of the GOT.

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)

Step 2. Turn off the power of the GOT.

Step 3. Connect the GOT and controller with a cable.

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1 compatible for a controller used

6. Starting monitoring

Step 1. Turn on the GOT and the connected system.

Step 2. The GOT starts monitoring.

POINTPOINTPOINTPrecautions when the startup source of the GOT is any other than the built-in flash memory (Drive C)

(1) GOT startup timeThe GOT startup time is longer than the normal startup time.The GOT startup time differs depending on the data storage type, number of written applications, and package data size.

(2) Handling the SD card during the GOT startupWhen the startup source is the SD card (Drive A), do not open the cover of the SD card interface during the GOT startup.Doing so causes the GOT to fail to start normally.

(3) Corrective actions when the GOT cannot be startedThe GOT cannot be started in any of the following conditions.Take the following corrective actions, and turn on the GOT again.

Condition Corrective action

The type of the physical GOT differs from the GOT type

of the package data stored in the SD card.

Prepare the SD card that stores the package data

containing the GOT type same as the GOT to be used.

The GOT has insufficient memory.Delete unnecessary data in the memory of the GOT.

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Help

8 - 4 8.1 Outline Procedure to Start the GOT

Page 199: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

8

OP

ER

AT

ING

TH

E G

OT

8.2 Creating Project Data

Create project data with GT Designer3 Version1.For how to operate GT Designer3 Version1, refer to the following.

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Help

1. Precautions for drawing

(1) Starting GT Designer3 Version1When starting GT Designer3 Version1, make sure to start the GOT2000 application.You cannot create the GOT2000 screens with the GOT1000 application.

8.2 Creating Project Data 8 - 5

Page 200: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

8 - 6 8.2 Creating Project Data

Page 201: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

MA

INT

EN

AN

CE

AN

D IN

SP

EC

TIO

N

9

9. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

9.1 Daily Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 3

9.2 Periodic Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 4

9.3 Screen Cleaning Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 5

9.4 Low-voltage Battery Detection and Battery Replacement . . . . 9 - 6

9 - 1

Page 202: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

When power is on, do not touch the terminals.Doing so can cause an electric shock or malfunction.Correctly connect the battery connector.Do not charge, disassemble, heat, short-circuit, solder, or throw the battery into the fire.Doing so will cause the battery to produce heat, explode, or ignite, resulting in injury and fire.Before starting cleaning or terminal screw retightening, always switch off the power externally in allphases.Not switching the power off in all phases can cause a unit failure or malfunction.Undertightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction.Overtightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction due to the damage of the screws or unit.

WARNING

Do not disassemble or modify the unit.Doing so can cause a failure, malfunction, injury or fire.Do not touch the conductive and electronic parts of the unit directly.Doing so can cause a unit malfunction or failure.The cables connected to the unit must be run in ducts or clamped.Not doing so can cause the unit or cable to be damaged due to the dangling, motion or accidentalpulling of the cables or can cause a malfunction due to a cable connection fault.When unplugging the cable connected to the unit, do not hold and pull from the cable portion.Doing so can cause the unit or cable to be damaged or can cause a malfunction due to a cableconnection fault.Before touching the unit, always touch grounded metals, etc. to discharge static electricity fromhuman body, etc.Not doing so can cause the unit to fail or malfunction.

CAUTION

When disposing of this product, treat it as industrial waste.When disposing of batteries, separate them from other wastes according to the local regulations.(Refer to 9.4 Low-voltage Battery Detection and Battery Replacement for details of the batterydirective in the EU member states.)

9 - 2

Page 203: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

MA

INT

EN

AN

CE

AN

D IN

SP

EC

TIO

N

9

9.1 Daily Inspection

The GOT does not have consumable components that shorten its life.However, the battery and liquid crystal display have limited life.The periodical replacement of the battery is recommended.For replacing the liquid crystal display, consult Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.For the battery and the liquid crystal display, refer to the following.

3.2 Performance Specifications

1. Daily inspection items

For the model of the protective sheet and the replacement procedure, refer to the following.

User's manual of the protective sheet

Item Inspection item Inspection method Criterion Corrective action

1) GOT installation status Check for loose screws. Securely tightenedRetighten screws with the

specified torque.

2)Connection

status

Loose terminal

screws

Retighten screws with a

screwdriver.Not loose Retighten terminal screws.

Proximity of

solderless

terminals

Visual check Proper intervals Correct intervals.

Loose contactors Visual check Not looseRetighten contactor fixing

screws.

3) Usage status

Dirt on the

protective sheetVisual check Not outstanding

Replace the sheet with a new

sheet.

Foreign material

adherenceVisual check No foreign matter adherence

Remove and clean the

foreign material.

9.1 Daily Inspection 9 - 3

Page 204: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

9.2 Periodic Inspection

1. Half-yearly or yearly inspection items

Inspect the following items when moving or modifying equipment, or changing wiring.

Item Inspection item Inspection method Criterion Corrective action

1Surrounding

environment

Ambient

temperature

Measure corrosive gas with a

thermometer or hygrometer.

Display section 0 °C to 40 °C

For use in a control panel, the

control panel inside

temperature is the ambient

temperature.

Other sections 0 °C to 55 °C

Ambient

humidity10 % RH to 90% RH

Atmosphere No corrosive gas

2

GOT with 100

V AC - 240 V

AC power

Power supply

voltage check

Measure voltage across the 100

V AC terminal to the 240 V AC

terminal.

85 V AC to 242 V AC Change the power supply.

GOT with 24 V

DC power

Input polarity of

24 V DC power

Measure voltage across 24 V

DC terminals.

Left: -

Right: +Change wiring.

3Installation

status

Looseness Move the unit. Mounted firmly Retighten screws.

Foreign

material

adherence

Visual check No foreign matter adherenceRemove and clean the foreign

material.

4Connection

status

Loose terminal

screws

Retighten screws with a

screwdriver.Not loose Retighten terminal screws.

Proximity of

solderless

terminals

Visual check Proper intervals Correct intervals.

Loose

contactorsVisual check Not loose

Retighten contactor fixing

screws.

5 Battery

Check the voltage status of the

GOT built-in battery in [Time] of

the utility.

GOT2000 Series User's

Manual (Utility)

No alarm

Replace the battery with a new

battery when the current

battery has reached the

specified life span, even if the

low voltage is not indicated.

9 - 4 9.2 Periodic Inspection

Page 205: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

MA

INT

EN

AN

CE

AN

D IN

SP

EC

TIO

N

9

9.3 Screen Cleaning Method

Use the GOT always in a clean condition.To clean the GOT, wipe the dirty part with a soft cloth using neutral detergent or ethanol.

POINTPOINTPOINTPrecautions for screen cleaning

Do not use solvents such as acetone, benzene, toluene, and alcohol.Solvents may deform the protective sheet or peel the dissolvable paint on the surface.In addition, do not use spray solvents.Doing so may cause an electrical failure of the GOT and peripheral devices.

Clean

9.3 Screen Cleaning Method 9 - 5

Page 206: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

9.4 Low-voltage Battery Detection and Battery Replacement

1. Low-voltage battery detection and battery replacementThe battery is used to hold the SRAM data, clock data, and backup data of the system status log data.The periodical replacement of the battery is recommended.For the battery replacement procedure, refer to the following.

6.9 Installing the Battery

You can check if the battery has a low voltage by using the utility and the system alarm.

For details of the battery status display by using the utility, refer to the following.

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)

The system alarm enables the GOT to display the message notifying the low-voltage battery when the battery voltage is low.To display the message by the system alarm, set [Battery alarm display] to ON.

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)

For the details of the system alarm, refer to the following.

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Help

POINTPOINTPOINTBattery replacement timing

When a low-voltage battery is detected, replace the battery immediately.The GOT retains the data for 14 days after the low-voltage battery detection. However, after the period, the GOT cannot retain the data.

System alarm

500 Warning! Built-in battery voltage is low.

9 - 6 9.4 Low-voltage Battery Detection and Battery Replacement

Page 207: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

MA

INT

EN

AN

CE

AN

D IN

SP

EC

TIO

N

9

2. Handling of batteries and devices with built-in batteries in EU member statesThis section explains the precautions for disposing of waste batteries in EU member states and for exporting batteries and devices with built-in batteries to EU member states.

(1) Precautions for disposalEU member states have a separate collection system for waste batteries.Dispose of batteries properly at the local community waste collection/recycling center.The following symbol is printed on batteries and packaging of devices with built-in batteries used for Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (GOT).

POINTPOINTPOINTThis symbol is valid in the EU member states only.The symbol is specified in Article 20 "Information for end-users" and ANNEX II of the new EU Battery Directive (2006/66/EC).

The symbol indicates that batteries need to be disposed of separately from other wastes.

(2) Precautions for exportThe new EU Battery Directive (2006/66/EC) requires the following when batteries and/or devices with built-in batteries are sold and exported to EU member states.• To print the symbol on batteries, devices, or their packaging• To explain the symbol in the manuals of the products

The batteries and/or devices with built-in batteries manufactured before the EU Battery Directive (2006/66/EC) took effect are also subject to the directive.

(a) Labelling the symbolTo market or export batteries and/or devices with built-in batteries, which have no symbol, to EU member states, print the symbol as shown in (1) above on the GOT or its packaging.

(b) Attaching the manualTo export devices incorporating the GOT to EU member states, attach this manual.If no GOT manual is included with the equipment, separately attach an explanatory note regarding the symbol to the manuals of each device.

9.4 Low-voltage Battery Detection and Battery Replacement 9 - 7

Page 208: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

9 - 8 9.4 Low-voltage Battery Detection and Battery Replacement

Page 209: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

TR

OU

BL

ES

HO

OT

ING

10

10. TROUBLESHOOTING

10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2

10.2 Troubleshooting for the Bus Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 14

10.3 Error Messages and System Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 17

10 - 1

Page 210: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets

This section provides check sheets for restoration in cases where the GOT does not operate normally.The following explains how to use each sheet.

1. When the GOT does not operate or malfunctions (GOT status check sheet)When the GOT does not operate or malfunctions, identify the cause of the malfunction using the GOT status check sheet, and take a corrective action.When the GOT is restored, see the status for a while.

2. When the wiring needs to be improved (GOT installation status check sheet)As a result of the above check (1), the cause of the malfunction or others is thought to be due to the noise generated by the GOT wiring status, take a corrective action for wiring by using the GOT installation status check sheet.When the GOT is restored, see the status for a while.

3. When a corrective action other than the above is required (System configuration check sheet)If a malfunction or others still occurs even after the above checks, fill out the system configuration check sheet with details about your system, and consult your local Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.When sending a faulty product, attach the GOT restoration sheets (GOT status check sheet, GOT installation status check sheet, and the system configuration check sheet) checked in this section.Keep copies of the restoration sheets.

10 - 2 10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets

Page 211: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

TR

OU

BL

ES

HO

OT

ING

10

10.1.1 GOT status check sheetCheck the GOT starting from 1. GOT status.Mark checkboxes that apply.to the symptom of your GOT.Proceed according to the corrective actions.

1. GOT status

(1) Check of failure frequency, such as the GOT does not operate and an error occurs on the screen

(2) Check of the displayed error code (system alarm)

(3) Check of the POWER LED

Check Symptom Cause Corrective action

Always occurs. • Frequency:

Example: Once a month

Proceed to (2). Occurs sometimes.

Check Symptom Cause Corrective action

Can be checked.

• Error code (system alarm):

Example: 460 Communication unit error

Take the corrective action for the error code

(system alarm) or error message.

If the status does not change with the corrective

action, proceed to (3).

Cannot be checked. Proceed to (3).

Check Symptom Cause/status Corrective action

Lit in blue.

(GT27, GT25, GT23 only)The power is supplied normally. Proceed to (4).

Lit in orange

(GT27, GT25, GT23 only)

Screen saving is being performed.

When the read device of the system

information was set, the device was turned

on and the screen was switched to the

forced screen saving status.

Check the setting of the read device.

If no problem is found in the setting, proceed to

(4).

Blinks in orange/blue.

(GT27, GT25, GT23 only)A backlight failure has occurred.

Proceed to 5. Faulty product investigation.

If the GOT is not restored, proceed to (4).

Not lit

The power is not supplied. Check if the power is supplied. If the GOT is not

restored, proceed to .

5. Faulty product investigationIf the power is supplied, the GOT hardware

may be faulty.

10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets 10 - 3

Page 212: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

(4) Check of the screen display

(5) Check of buzzer sound

Check Symptom Cause/status Corrective action

The screen is completely

black.The LCD or basic software may be faulty.

Perform the following in order.

1) Write the package data again.

2) Install the basic software again.

If the GOT is not restored by the above

operations, proceed to 5. Faulty product

investigation.

The screen is completely

white.The GOT hardware may be faulty.

Proceed to 5. Faulty product investigation.

A line is displayed on the

screen.

The GOT hardware may be faulty.

Example: A vertical line is displayed.

Other faulty displays

The screen freezes. The screen display is not updated and any

operation is unavailable.Proceed to (5).

Check Symptom Cause/status Corrective action

No buzzer sound -

Proceed to 2. Status of the GOT when it

freezes (screen operation stopped).

Continues to beep randomly. • Buzzer sound:

Example: The rhythm repeats as three

beeps, one beep, and two beeps.

Continues to beep in a

particular pattern.

Beeps continuously.

When the read device of the system

information was set, the device was turned

on and the Buzzer Output signal was input.

Check the setting of the read device.

If the Buzzer Output signal has no error,

proceed to 2. Status of the GOT when it

freezes (screen operation stopped).

10 - 4 10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets

Page 213: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

TR

OU

BL

ES

HO

OT

ING

10

2. Status of the GOT when it freezes (screen operation stopped)

(1) Check of switching to the utility screen

(2) Executing the I/O check from the GOT utility

(3) Check of the objects that are not displayed on the monitor screen

Check Symptom Cause/status Corrective action

Possible

• Error code (system alarm):

Example:

460 Communication unit error

When the system alarm display function can be

used, take the action for the error code (system

alarm) displayed.

If the corrective action cannot be taken, proceed

to (2).

Impossible The system alarm cannot be used. Proceed to (3).

Check Symptom Cause/status Corrective action

Communication error

• Display details:

Example:

A message indicating that the cause may be

a connection error has been displayed.

Proceed to (3).

No errorThe hardware such as a communication

interface has no error.Proceed to 3. PLC status.

Check Symptom Cause/status Corrective action

Found • Details:

Example:

The numerical display object is not

displayed.

Proceed to 3. PLC status. Not found

10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets 10 - 5

Page 214: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3. PLC status

(1) PLC failure

Check Symptom Cause/status Corrective action

Always occurs.

CONTROL-BUS. ERROR, SP. UNIT LAY.

ERROR, or others is considered.

• Error code (system alarm):

Example:

1204 CPU H/W failure

Proceed to the following.

Occurs sometimes.

The PLC CPU may be affected by noise or

the hardware may be faulty.

• Frequency:

Example: Once a month

• Error code (system alarm):

Example:

1204 CPU H/W failure

Proceed to 4. GOT restoration procedure.

Operates normally. -

10 - 6 10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets

Page 215: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

TR

OU

BL

ES

HO

OT

ING

10

4. GOT restoration procedureFollow the procedure below starting from 1), and check if the GOT is restored. Mark the corresponding checkbox.If the GOT is not restored, proceed to the next check item.

*1 Models other than GT23 are the targets. The GOT reset switch does not operate when the bus connection is used.

*2 Models other than GT23 are the targets. When using the bus connection, do not turn off and then on the GOT while the PLC

power is on.

Make sure to turn off the PLC first, and turn off and then on the GOT.*3 Models other than GT23 are the targets. Powering off the GOT causes an error in the control station for the MELSECNET/H

connection or in the master station for the CC-Link connection (intelligent device station).

5. Faulty product investigationIf you cannot restore the GOT, consult your local Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.Depending on the problem details, we may ask you to send the faulty product to us.In that case, attach the GOT status check sheet, GOT installation status check sheet, and system configuration check sheet filled with details about your system.

No. Check item Check Cause/status Corrective action

1) Press the GOT reset switch. *1*3 Restored

Not restored

If the GOT is restored by the

operation on the left, a temporary

malfunction or others due to noise

is considered.

Take the corrective action of 10.1.2

GOT installation status check sheet.

2) Power on/off the GOT. *2*3 Restored

Not restored

3) Reset or power on/off the PLC CPU. Restored

Not restored

4)Power on/off the GOT and PLC CPU

simultaneously.

Restored

Not restored

5) Connect the cable again. Restored

Not restored

If the GOT is restored by the

operation on the left, the cable

connection may be faulty.

Securely connect the cable.

If an error occurs again, proceed to 5.

Faulty product investigation.

6) Write the package data again. Restored

Not restored

If the GOT is restored by the

operation on the left, data may

have been destroyed by an action

such as powering off the GOT

during the package data writing or

basic software installation.

Do not power off the GOT during data

transfer.

If an error occurs again, proceed to 5.

Faulty product investigation.7) Install the basic software again. Restored

Not restored

8)

Take the preventive measures against

noise (10.1.2 GOT installation status

check sheet).

Restored

Not restored

A temporary malfunction or others

due to noise is considered.

Take the action in 10.1.2 GOT

installation status check sheet.

9) Replace the unit. Restored

Not restored

If the GOT is restored by the

operation on the left, the unit may

has a hardware failure.

Install the failure unit to the GOT again

to check that the unit causes the

malfunction.

After the check, proceed to 5. Faulty

product investigation.

10)The GOT is not restored even by 1) to

9).- -

Proceed to 5. Faulty product

investigation.

10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets 10 - 7

Page 216: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

10.1.2 GOT installation status check sheetCheck the current installation status of your GOT as shown in 1. to 7.According to the status of the GOT found after a check, take measures described below if necessary.If the measure is taken, mark the effect, "Effective" or "Ineffective".

Each GOT has the following ground terminals.• GT27 (except GT2705-V), GT25 GT23: FG terminal and LG terminal• GT2705-V, GT21 : FG terminal

1. Control panel inside wiring

(1) Current statusCheck if power lines, such as power cables and servo amplifier driving cables, and communication cables, such as bus connection cables (except for GT23) and network cables, are mixed in the wiring duct inside the control panel.

(2) Measure for the mixed cablesWiring the power lines and the communication cables inside the control panel without mixing them in the duct reduces the influence of noise.

2. Control panel outside wiring

(1) Current statusCheck if the power line and the communication cable are installed together.

(2) Measure for the cables tied in a bundleAs shown in the figure below, leading the power line and communication cable separately from different places to the outside of the control panel reduces the influence of noise from the power line.

Mixed

Not mixed

Effective

Ineffective

Installed together

Not installed together

Effective

Ineffective

NFB

MC MC RA RA

NFB

MC MC RA RA

Power line

Communication cable

Communication cable

Power line

10 - 8 10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets

Page 217: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

TR

OU

BL

ES

HO

OT

ING

10

Separating the communication cable from the power line or using a separator (made of metal) in the duct, as shown below, reduces the influence of noise.

3. Wiring of the FG cable and power line for the GOT

(1) Current statusCheck if the FG cable and power line of the GOT are installed together.

(2) Measure for the cables tied in a bundleSeparating the FG cable and power line of the GOT reduces the influence of noise.

4. Measures against surge

(1) Current statusCheck if a surge suppressor is used for the wiring of the load such as a molded case circuit breaker, electromagnetic contactor, relay, solenoid valve, or induction motor.When a surge suppressor is used, fill in the entry column below with the surge suppressor model and the name of the equipment with the surge suppressor.

Entry column

Effective

Ineffective

Installed together

Not installed together

Effective

Ineffective

Used

Not used

Surge suppressor model Equipment name

Power line

Wiring duct Separator

Power line

Signal wire Communication

cable

100 mm or more

GOT

LG FG

Power for the power equipment

GOT

Power for the power equipment

LG FG

AC

C

ROutput

L

Load

PLC

10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets 10 - 9

Page 218: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

(2) Measure for the equipment without a surge suppressorAttaching a surge suppressor close to the load reduces the influence of surge on the GOT.

5. Installation status

(1) Current statusCheck if the FG cables of the control equipment (such as a PLC) and the power equipment (such as a servo amplifier) are connected as shown in "a" of the following figure.

(2) Measure when a single ground cable is ledPerform independent grounding at two places as shown in Figure A.The independent grounding reduces the influence of noise.When independent grounding is unavailable, perform shared grounding as shown in Figure B.

Effective

Ineffective

Applicable

Not applicable

Effective

Ineffective

AC

C

ROutput

L

Load

PLC

The surge suppressor must be attached close to the load.

GOTFGLG

Connection cable

Panel groundingPanel grounding

FG

FG

CN1BCN1A

CN3CN2LG

a

PLCServo amplifier

GOTFGLG

Connection cable

Panel grounding

Grounding for power system Grounding for power system

Grounding for control system

Terminal block Terminal block

Panel grounding

FG

FG

CN1BCN1A

CN3CN2LG

PLCServo amplifier

Figure A

GOTFGLG

Connection cable

Panel grounding

Panel grounding

FG

FG

CN1BCN1A

CN3CN2LG

PLCServo amplifier

Figure B

10 - 10 10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets

Page 219: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

TR

OU

BL

ES

HO

OT

ING

10

6. Grounding status of the control panel having the GOT

(1) Current statusCheck if a single ground cable is led from the control panel having the control equipment such as a PLC to the control panel having the GOT.

(2) Measure when a single ground cable is led

(a) Measure 1By connecting the ground cable to the control panel having the GOT as shown in Figure A to reduce the potential difference, a malfunction can be prevented.If wiring as shown in Figure A is unavailable, perform wiring as shown in Figure B.

Applicable

Not applicable

Effective

Ineffective

Connection cable

Ground cable led from the panel having the control equipment

GOTFGLG

GOT

Grounding to the panel

Ground wires

Use as short and thick a wire as possible.

FGLG

Connection cable

Figure A

GOT

Grounding to the panel

Ground wiresFGLG

Connection cable

Figure B

10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets 10 - 11

Page 220: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

(b) Measure 2By attaching a ferrite core (KITAGAWA INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD. RFC-H13 or equivalent) to the ground cable connected to the control panel having the GOT as shown in Figure C, the influence of noise is reduced.If wiring as shown in Figure C is unavailable, perform wiring as shown in Figure D.

7. Power supply system

(1) Current statusCheck if the power is supplied for the GOT, I/O equipment (such as a relay), and power equipment (such as a servo amplifier) from the same system.

(2) Measure when a single ground cable is ledBy separately wiring the GOT power and the I/O equipment power/power equipment power, and connecting an isolation transformer, the influence of noise is reduced.

Effective

Ineffective

Applicable

Not applicable

Effective

Ineffective

GOT

Grounding to the panel

Ferrite coreGround wires

FGLG

Connection cable

Use as short and thick a wire as possible.

Figure C

GOT

Grounding to the panel

Ground wiresFGLG

Connection cable

Ferrite core

Figure D

Main power200VAC

I/O power

Main circuit power

Isolation transformer

PLCGOT

I/O equipment

Power equipment

PLC power

Main power200VAC

I/O power

Main circuit power

Isolation transformer

PLCGOT

I/O equipment

Power equipment

PLC power

10 - 12 10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets

Page 221: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

TR

OU

BL

ES

HO

OT

ING

10

10.1.3 System configuration check sheetFill in the following table with the details of the system configuration, such as the GOT type and unit model.

1. System configuration for the GOT

2. System configuration for the PLC

3. Entry column for recurrence (when the malfunction has occurred after the corrective action was taken)

ItemSystem configuration

Usage Model

GOT (Example: GT2710-STBA) -

Communication interfaceCommunication unit Used, Not used

GOT built-in interface Used, Not used

Option unit Used, Not used

Cable between the controller and GOT -

Cable length -

When using any other units or options, describe them.

ItemSystem configuration

Usage Model

Power supply module -

CPU -

Serial communication module

Computer link moduleUsed, Not used

Network module Used, Not used

Interrupt module Used, Not used

Positioning module Used, Not used

Number of PLC extension base units - extension base units

When using any other units or others, describe them.

Describe the operation situation when the GOT screen froze or the GOT display is faulty at the recurrence.

10.1 GOT Restoration Sheets 10 - 13

Page 222: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

10.2 Troubleshooting for the Bus Connection

If an error occurs in the bus connection between the GOT and the PLC CPU and the cause is not clear with the system alarm, perform the troubleshooting described in this section.For the details of the system alarm, refer to the following.

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)For the details of the bus connection, refer to the following.

GOT2000 Series Connection Manual For GT Works3 Version1 compatible for a controller used

10.2.1 Identifying the error positionThis section explains how to identify the error position.For the details of the PLC CPU error and special register, refer to the User's Manual of the PLC CPU used.

1. How to identify the error positionIdentify the error position, modify the sequence program or replace the module where the error occurs, and check whether the error occurs again.If the error occurs again, other causes are considered.Refer to the following to narrow possible error positions.

Refer to the User's Manual of the PLC CPU you use.

(1) Checking the error in the PLC

Step 1. Check the type of the error detected in the PLC using GX Works2 or others.

Step 2. Check each module and the installation and grounding status of the cables according to the error message on the PLC CPU.

(2) Checking the error occurrence timingCheck the timing of the error occurrence.

(a) An error occurs when the power is turned on or immediately after the PLC is reset.The error may be detected in the initial process of the PLC CPU.In this case, since the faulty module cannot be usually identified, set only the END instruction in the sequence program and remove the modules one by one.When the error is eliminated after a specific module has been removed, the module may have caused the error.

(b) An error occurs after or several seconds after a specific operation.The error may occur in the sequence program.Check the error step where the error may occur and the sequence program in the step.You can determine whether the whole sequence program has a problem by setting only the END instruction in the sequence program.

(c) An error occurs when a specific device operates.A malfunction caused by noise is considered.Check if any signal line such as a bus connection cable is not installed close to the operating device.If the line is close to the device, keep a distance of 100 mm or more between the line and the device.

(3) Identifying the module where an error occursIdentify the module where an error occurs using the PLC CPU error codes and special resister information.

10 - 14 10.2 Troubleshooting for the Bus Connection

Page 223: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

TR

OU

BL

ES

HO

OT

ING

10

10.2.2 Narrowing the possible error positionsIf the system cannot be restored even though the module with an error is replaced, another module may cause the error.Disconnect the extension cables and bus connection cables in order, starting from the module at the end of the system, and check for the error.The module, extension cable, or bus connection cable disconnected immediately before the error does not occur is considered to cause the error.The following shows examples of narrowing possible error positions. (When QnASCPU and an extension base unit are used)

Repeat examples 1 and 2 above to identify the error position.

POINTPOINTPOINTPrecautions for narrowing the possible error positions

When disconnecting the modules from the extension base unit in order, setting only the END instruction in the sequence program eliminates errors arising from the sequence program. Therefore, you can check the error occurrence easily.When the error does not occur frequently, take time to check the error occurrence with the modules disconnected.This check is effective to identify a noise invading route when the malfunction is caused by noise.

Turn off the power of the GOT.

Disconnect the bus connection cable (IN side) from the GOT located at the final stage.

If an error does not occur, the GOT located at the final stage may be faulty.

Example 1: Example 2:

Turn off the power of the PLC.

Turn on the power of the PLC.

Turn on the power of the GOT.

Turn off the power of the GOT.

Disconnect the bus connection cable (OUT side) from the GOT located at one stage before the final stage.

If an error does not occur, the GOT located at the final stage and the bus connection cable connected to that GOT may be faulty.

Turn off the power of the PLC.

Turn on the power of the PLC.

Turn on the power of the GOT.

10.2 Troubleshooting for the Bus Connection 10 - 15

Page 224: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

10.2.3 Specific example of troubleshootingWith the following system as an example, this section shows a troubleshooting when an error occurs in the PLC CPU. (When QnASCPU and an extension base unit are used)

PLC(main base unit) GOT 1) GOT 2)

PLC (extension base unit) Bus connection

cableBus connection cable

Extension cable

Start

Check the error code/step appearing on the PLC CPU. (Identify the status of the error and the location where the error occurs.)

Disconnect the bus connection cable from the GOT 2) at IN side. (to further identify the error positions)

The SP. UNIT DOWN message appears on the PLC CPU.

Turn off the power of the GOT. Turn off the power of the PLC.

Replace the faulty PLC CPU with a new one.

Turn on the power of the PLC. Turn on the power of the GOT.

A further error occurs. (not on PLC CPU.)

Turn off the power of the GOT. Turn off the power of the PLC.

Turn on the power of the PLC. Turn on the power of the GOT.

A further error occurs. (not on the GOT 2) (bus connection unit)).

Turn off the power of the GOT. Turn off the power of the PLC.

Disconnect the bus connection cable from the GOT 1) at OUT side. (to further identify the error positions)

Turn on the power of the PLC. Turn on the power of the GOT.

No error occurs.

The bus connection cable connecting the GOT 1) to the GOT 2) is identified as faulty. Replace the faulty bus connection cable with a new one.

End

10 - 16 10.2 Troubleshooting for the Bus Connection

Page 225: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

TR

OU

BL

ES

HO

OT

ING

10

10.3 Error Messages and System Alarms

This section explains the error messages and system alarms displayed on the GOT.The system alarm function displays the error code and error message when an error occurs in the GOT, controller, or network.For the details of the system alarm, refer to the following.

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Help

POINTPOINTPOINTError code and channel No.

You can check error codes in the error code storage area of the system information function.You can check the channel No. where an error occurs with the GOT special register (GS262 to 264). For the details of the system information and GOT special register, refer to the following.

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Help

10.3.1 Displayed contentsThe section explains an example of displaying an error code and error message on the GOT.

1. Displaying the error codes and error messages with the popup display (Alarm popup display)When an error occurs, the GOT can display the error code and error message with the popup display at the front of the monitor screen.Since an alarm pops up regardless of the screen, you cannot miss the error.

2. Displaying the error codes and error messages in a list (System alarm display)When an error occurs, the GOT can display the error codes and error messages in the list set on the screen.Displaying multiple errors and recording the events as history are available.

A 1254

348BA 1254

348B

04/6/1 13:20 Power module

Generated alarms are popped up regardless of the screen.

04/6/1 8:05 Fuse error

Date Time Message Recovered Checked04/6/1 10:25 Temp.error

Create a screen to display alarms, and confirm the details of the alarms and take measures for the errors.

11:25 10:45

10.3 Error Messages and System Alarms 10 - 17

Page 226: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3. Checking error messages with the utility (Utility)You can check the error codes and error messages using the system alarm display of the utility even though its object is not set.

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)Error codes and reference manuals

*1 For the details of the GOT special registers (GS262 to GS264), refer to the following.

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Help

*2 FXCPU has error codes 100 to 109, indicating the status of M8060 to M8069.

(Example) If error code (100) occurs, handle the error according to the M8060 description.*3 The GOT displays the error code displayed on the servo amplifier (hexadecimal) in decimal + 20000.

Therefore, when referring to the manual of the servo amplifier with the error code displayed on the GOT using the system alarm, subtract 20000 from the GOT error code and convert the last 3 digits into the hexadecimal number.(Example: When the GOT system alarm shows 20144, the error code of the servo amplifier is 90H.)

*4 Depending on the error code, the channel No. is not stored.

For channel No. storage availability of each error code, refer to the following.

GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Help

*5 With the system alarm related to the file access, you cannot identify the drive where the alarm occurs. However, you can identify

the drive by checking the File Access Error signal (b7 to b10) of System signal 2-2.

10.3.2 Error messages and system alarmsFor the details of the error massages and the system alarms displayed on the GOT, refer to the following.

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)

Error source Error code Description

Storage

location of

channel No.

with error*1

Reference

Controller

0 to 99

(Value of D9008)Error code of CPU (ACPU)

GS263

User's Manual of the ACPU connected to the

GOT

100 to 299

Error code of the following controllers

FXCPU*2

Non-Mitsubishi PLC

Temperature controller (OMRON

temperature controller only)

Manual of the controller connected to the

GOT

Deal with errors according to the error

messages.

GOT*5

300 to 399Error code of the GOT main unit

function

GS262*4

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Utility)400 to 499

Error code of the GOT communication

function

500 to 699Error code of the GOT main unit

function

Network 800 to 999 Error code of the network GS264

CPU1000 to 10000

(Value of SD0)

Error code of the CPU

(QCPU, LCPU, or QnACPU)

GS263

User's Manual of the QCPU, LCPU, or

QnACPU connected to the GOT

Motion

controller10001 to 10999

Error code of the motion controller

(Q173DCPU/Q172DCPU)

User's Manual of the motion controller

connected to the GOT

CNC C70 11000 to 11999Error code of the CNC

(Q173NCCPU)

User's Manual of the CNC C70 connected to

the GOT

Robot

controller12000 to 12999

Error code of the robot controller

(Q172DRCPU)

User's Manual of the robot controller

connected to the GOT

Servo

amplifier*320016 to 20237 Error code of the servo amplifier

User's Manual of the servo amplifier

connected to the GOT

10 - 18 10.3 Error Messages and System Alarms

Page 227: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

11. APPENDICES

11.1 External Dimension Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 2

11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unit11 - 19

11.3 Depth dimensions for the GOT with an SD card unit (GT2103-P) 11 - 29

11.4 Depth dimensions for the GOT with several extension units mounted in multiple stages (GT27, GT25)11 - 30

11.5 External dimension diagrams of the communication cable . 11 - 31

11.6 Confirming of Versions and Conforming Standards. . . . . . . 11 - 34

11.7 Transportation Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 35

11.8 Calculating consumed current of GT2705-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 36

11 - 1

Page 228: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

11.1 External Dimension Diagrams

11.1.1 GT27

1. GT2715-X

397(15.63)

300(

11.8

1)

20(0

.79)

281(

11.0

6)

60(2

.36)

46()

322(12.68)

322(12.68)

382(15.04)10(1.81)

Unit: mm (inch)

6(0

.24)

10(0

.39)

10

(0.3

9)

10(1.81)

11 - 2 11.1 External Dimension Diagrams

Page 229: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

2. GT2712-S

316 (12.44)

246

(9.6

9)

227

(8.9

4)10

(0.3

9)

10(0

.39)

52(2

.05)

6(0

.24)

241 (9.49)

241 (9.49)

301 (11.85)

Unit: mm (inch)

11.1 External Dimension Diagrams 11 - 3

Page 230: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3. GT2710-S,GT2710-V

303 (11.93)

208 (8.19)

228 (8.98)

288 (11.34)

218

(8.5

8)

199

(7.8

3)10

(0.3

9)10

(0.3

9)

52(2

.05)

6(0

.24)

Unit: mm (inch)

11 - 4 11.1 External Dimension Diagrams

Page 231: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

4. GT2708-S,GT2708-V

241 (9.49)

166 (6.54)

226 (8.90)

171.6 (6.76) 37.5(1.48)

37.5(1.48)

175

(6.8

9)

194

(7.6

4)

10(0

.39)

10(0

.39)

52(2

.05)

6(0

.24)

Unit: mm (inch)

11.1 External Dimension Diagrams 11 - 5

Page 232: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5. GT2705-V

167(6.57)

117(4.61)

89(3.51)

152(5.99)

139(

5.47

)

120(

4.73

)

Unit: mm (inch)

10(0

.39)

10(0

.39)

6(0

.24)

60(2

.36)

11 - 6 11.1 External Dimension Diagrams

Page 233: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

11.1.2 GT25

1. GT2512-S

316 (12.44)

246

(9.6

9)

227

(8.9

4)10

(0.3

9)

10(0

.39)

52(2

.05)

6(0

.24)

241 (9.49)

241 (9.49)

301 (11.85)

Unit: mm (inch)

11.1 External Dimension Diagrams 11 - 7

Page 234: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2. GT2512F-S

347(13.66)311(12.24)

273(

10.7

5)23

7(9.

33)

227(

8.94

)

301(11.85)

54(2.13)

The values indicate the dimensions when all the fittings are installed to the GOT.Install the fittings on the top and bottom, or the right and left of the GOT.

Unit: mm (inch)

11 - 8 11.1 External Dimension Diagrams

Page 235: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

3. GT2510-V

303 (11.93)

208 (8.19)

228 (8.98)

288 (11.34)

218

(8.5

8)

199

(7.8

3)10

(0.3

9)10

(0.3

9)

52(2

.05)

6(0

.24)

Unit: mm (inch)

11.1 External Dimension Diagrams 11 - 9

Page 236: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

4. GT2510F-V

334(13.15)298(11.73)

245(

9.65

)20

9(8.

23)

199(

7.83

)

54(2.13)

288(11.34)

The values indicate the dimensions when all the fittings are installed to the GOT.Install the fittings on the top and bottom, or the right and left of the GOT.

Unit: mm (inch)

11 - 10 11.1 External Dimension Diagrams

Page 237: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

5. GT2508-V

241 (9.49)

166 (6.54)

226 (8.90)

171.6 (6.76) 37.5(1.48)

37.5(1.48)

175

(6.8

9)

194

(7.6

4)

10(0

.39)

10(0

.39)

52(2

.05)

6(0

.24)

Unit: mm (inch)

11.1 External Dimension Diagrams 11 - 11

Page 238: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6. GT2508F-V

272(10.71)236(9.29)

221(

8.70

)18

5(7.

28)

175(

6.89

)

54(2.13)

226(8.90)

The values indicate the dimensions when all the fittings are installed to the GOT.Install the fittings on the top and bottom, or the right and left of the GOT.

Unit: mm (inch)

11 - 12 11.1 External Dimension Diagrams

Page 239: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

11.1.3 GT23

1. GT2310-V

Unit: mm (inch)

303 (11.93)

208 (8.19)

228 (8.98)

288 (11.34)

218

(8.5

8)

199

(7.8

4)10

(0.3

9)10

(0.3

9)

56(2

.20)

6(0

.24)

11.1 External Dimension Diagrams 11 - 13

Page 240: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2. GT2308-V

Unit: mm (inch)

241 (9.49)

166 (6.54)

166 (6.54)

226 (8.90)

194

(7.6

4)

175

(6.8

9)10

(0.3

9)

10(0

.39)

56(2

.20)

6(0

.24)

11 - 14 11.1 External Dimension Diagrams

Page 241: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

11.1.4 GT21

1. GT2104-RTBD

18.5(0.73)

9.5(0.4) 78(3.1)

128(5.04)

20.5(0.81)

78(3.1)9.

5(0

.4)

9.5

(0.4

)

117(4.61)

40(1

.6)

2.9

(0.1

2)4.

5(0

.2)

102(

4.02

)

91(3

.59)

Unit: mm (inch)

11.1 External Dimension Diagrams 11 - 15

Page 242: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

2. GT2104-PMBD

3. GT2104-PMBDS

94(3.76)

136(5.44)

65(2

.60)

4.5

(0.1

8)

32.5

(1.3

0)

145(5.80)

76(3

.04)

20.5(0.82)9.5

(0.38)

94(3.76)

21.5(0.86)

9.5

(0.3

8)9.

5(0

.38)

29.5

(1.1

8)

Unit: mm (inch)

65(2

.56)

94(3.76)

20.5(0.82)9.5

(0.38)

94(3.76)

21.5(0.86)

145(5.80)

76(3

.04)

136(5.44)

4.5

(0.1

8)

29.5

(1.1

8)

9.5

(0.3

8)9.

5(0

.38)

Unit: mm (inch)

11 - 16 11.1 External Dimension Diagrams

Page 243: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

4. GT2103-PMBD

5. GT2103-PMBDS

113(4.45)

74(2

.92)

104(4.10)

27(1

.07)

4(0

.16)

65(2

.56)

9.5

(0.3

8)9.

5(0

.38)

64(2.52)

19(0.75)

21(0.83)

64(2.52)

9.5(0.38)

32(1

.26)

Unit: mm (inch)

113(4.45)

64(2.52)

64(2.52)

21(0.83)

9.5(0.38)

19(0.75)

Unit: mm (inch)

74(2

.92)

104(4.10)

27(1

.07)

4(0

.16)

65(2

.56)

9.5

(0.3

8)9.

5(0

.38)

11.1 External Dimension Diagrams 11 - 17

Page 244: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

6. GT2103-PMBDS2

7. GT2103-PMBLS

64(2.52)

19(0.75)9.5

(0.38)

21(0.83)

64(2.52)113

(4.45)9.5

(0.3

8)9.

5(0

.38)

65(2

.56)

74(2

.92)

4(0

.16)

27(1

.07)

104(4.10)

Unit: mm (inch)

Unit: mm (inch)

19(0.75)

64(2.52)9.5

(0.38)

21(0.83)

64(2.52)113

(4.45)

9.5

(0.3

8)9.

5(0

.38)

65(2

.56)

74(2

.92)

104(4.10)

27(1

.07)

4(0

.16)

11 - 18 11.1 External Dimension Diagrams

Page 245: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unit

11.2.1 GT27The following table shows the depth dimensions and the cable bend dimensions for the GOT with one extension unit.For the dimensions for the GOT with several extension units mounted in multiple stages, refer to the following.

11.4 Depth dimensions for the GOT with several extension units mounted in multiple stages (GT27, GT25)

unit: mm (inch)

GOT model Dimension of X

GT2715-X 54(2.13)

GT2712-S 46(1.81)

GT2710-S, GT2710-V 46(1.81)

GT2708-S, GT2708-V 46(1.81)

GT2705-V 54(2.13)

100 or more

X D

Other device

BA

CRExtension unit

Rear face Side face

11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unit 11 - 19

Page 246: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

1. GT2715-XUnit: mm (inch)

*1 For cables prepared by the user, the dimensions in the table are not applied.

*2 If cable bending radius is smaller than the lowest part of the GOT rear face, the dimension of *3 is equal to or less than

0;however, it is written as "0" in the table.

*3 For details of the cable for GT15-J71LP23-25 (optical loop unit), contact your local Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.

*4 The bend radius depends on the Ethernet cable to be used.

Model A B C *2 D R (cable bend radius)

GT15-QBUS,

GT15-QBUS288(3.46)

139(5.47)

0 23(0.91) 50(1.97)

GT15-75QBUSL,

GT15-75QBUS2L88(3.46) 0 10(0.39) 50(1.97)

GT15-RS2-9P *1,

GT15-RS4-9S *172.5(2.85) 0

23(0.91)

27.5(1.08)

GT15-RS4-TE *1 33.5(1.32) 0 -

GT15-J71LP23-25 *3 *3 *3

GT15-J71BR13 79(3.11) 0 30(1.18)

GT15-J71GP23-SX 65(2.56) 037(1.46)

15(0.59)

GT15-J71GF13-T2 *4 65(2.56) 0 26(1.02)

GT15-J61BT13 47(1.85) 0 23(0.91) 28(1.10)

GT25-FNADP - 0 25(0.98) -

GT27-V4-Z 132(5.20) 0 44.5(1.75) 20(0.79)

GT27-R2 75(2.96) 0 20(0.79) 32(1.26)

GT27-R2-Z 77(3.03) 0 23(0.91) 32(1.26)

GT27-V4R1-Z

BNC:

132(5.20)

RGB: 77(3.03)

0 44.5(1.75)BNC: 20(0.79)

RGB: 32(1.26)

GT27-ROUT 75(2.96) 0 20(0.79) 32(1.26)

GT27-ROUT-Z 77(3.03) 0 44.5(1.75) 32(1.26)

GT27-MMR-Z 132(5.20) 0 58.5(2.30) -

GT15-PRN 52(2.05) 0 23(0.91) 18(0.71)

GT15-DIO77(3.03) 0

23(0.91)43(1.69)

GT15-DIOR

GT15-SOUT 41(1.61) 0 30(1.18)

11 - 20 11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unit

Page 247: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

2. GT2712-SUnit: mm (inch)

*1 For cables prepared by the user, the dimensions in the table are not applied.

*2 If cable bending radius is smaller than the lowest part of the GOT rear face, the dimension of *3 is equal to or less than

0;however, it is written as "0" in the table.

*3 For details of the cable for GT15-J71LP23-25 (optical loop unit), contact your local Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.

*4 The bend radius depends on the Ethernet cable to be used.

Model A B C *2 D R (cable bend radius)

GT15-QBUS,

GT15-QBUS288(3.46)

85(3.35)

3(0.12) 23(0.91) 50(1.97)

GT15-75QBUSL,

GT15-75QBUS2L88(3.46) 3(0.12) 10(0.39) 50(1.97)

GT15-RS2-9P *1,

GT15-RS4-9S *172.5(2.85) 0

23(0.91)

27.5(1.08)

GT15-RS4-TE *1 33.5(1.32) 0 -

GT15-J71LP23-25 *3 *3 *3

GT15-J71BR13 79(3.11) 0 30(1.18)

GT15-J71GP23-SX 65(2.56) 037(1.46)

15(0.59)

GT15-J71GF13-T2 *4 65(2.56) 0 26(1.02)

GT15-J61BT13 47(1.85) 0 23(0.91) 28(1.10)

GT25-FNADP - - 25(0.98) -

GT27-V4-Z 132(5.20) 47(1.85) 44.5(1.75) 20(0.79)

GT27-R2 75(2.96) 0 20(0.79) 32(1.26)

GT27-R2-Z 77(3.03) 0 44.5(1.75) 32(1.26)

GT27-V4R1-Z

BNC:

132(5.20)

RGB: 77(3.03)

BNC: 47(1.85)

RGB: 044.5(1.75)

BNC: 20(0.79)

RGB: 32(1.26)

GT27-ROUT 75(2.96) 0 20(0.79) 32(1.26)

GT27-ROUT-Z 77(3.03) 0 44.5(1.75) 32(1.26)

GT27-MMR-Z 132(5.20) 47(1.85) 58.5(2.30) 20(0.79)

GT15-PRN 52(2.05) 0 23(0.91) 18(0.71)

GT15-DIO77(3.03) 0

23(0.91)43(1.69)

GT15-DIOR

GT15-SOUT 41(1.61) 0 30(1.18)

11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unit 11 - 21

Page 248: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3. GT2710-S,GT2710-VUnit: mm (inch)

*1 For cables prepared by the user, the dimensions in the table are not applied.

*2 If cable bending radius is smaller than the lowest part of the GOT rear face, the dimension of *3 is equal to or less than

0;however, it is written as "0" in the table.

*3 For details of the cable for GT15-J71LP23-25 (optical loop unit), contact your local Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.

*4 The bend radius depends on the Ethernet cable to be used.

Model A B C *2 D R (cable bend radius)

GT15-QBUS,

GT15-QBUS288(3.46)

78(3.07)

10(0.39) 23(0.91) 50(1.97)

GT15-75QBUSL,

GT15-75QBUS2L88(3.46) 10(0.39) 10(0.39) 50(1.97)

GT15-RS2-9P *1,

GT15-RS4-9S *172.5(2.85) 0

23(0.91)

27.5(1.08)

GT15-RS4-TE *1 33.5(1.32) 0 -

GT15-J71LP23-25 *3 *3 *3

GT15-J71BR13 79(3.11) 1(0.04) 30(1.18)

GT15-J71GP23-SX 65(2.56) 037(1.46)

15(0.59)

GT15-J71GF13-T2 *4 65(2.56) 0 26(1.02)

GT15-J61BT13 47(1.85) 0 23(0.91) 28(1.10)

GT25-FNADP - - 25(0.98) -

GT27-V4-Z 132(5.20) 54(2.95) 44.5(1.75) 20(0.79)

GT27-R2 75(2.96) 0 20(0.79) 32(1.26)

GT27-R2-Z 77(3.03) 0 44.5(1.75) 32(1.26)

GT27-V4R1-Z

BNC:

132(5.20)

RGB: 77(3.03)

BNC: 54(2.95)

RGB: 044.5(1.75)

BNC: 20(0.79)

RGB: 32(1.26)

GT27-ROUT 75(2.96) 0 20(0.79) 32(1.26)

GT27-ROUT-Z 77(3.03) 0 44.5(1.75) 32(1.26)

GT27-MMR-Z 132(5.20) 45(1.77) 58.5(2.30) 20(0.79)

GT15-PRN 52(2.05) 0 23(0.91) 18(0.71)

GT15-DIO77(3.03) 0

23(0.91)43(1.69)

GT15-DIOR

GT15-SOUT 41(1.61) 0 30(1.18)

11 - 22 11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unit

Page 249: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

4. GT2708-S,GT2708-VUnit: mm (inch)

*1 For cables prepared by the user, the dimensions in the table are not applied.

*2 If cable bending radius is smaller than the lowest part of the GOT rear face, the dimension of *3 is equal to or less than

0;however, it is written as "0" in the table.

*3 For details of the cable for GT15-J71LP23-25 (optical loop unit), contact your local Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.

*4 The bend radius depends on the Ethernet cable to be used.

Model A B C *2 D R (cable bend radius)

GT15-QBUS,

GT15-QBUS288(3.46)

56(2.20)

32(1.26) 23(0.91) 50(1.97)

GT15-75QBUSL,

GT15-75QBUS2L88(3.46) 32(1.26) 10(0.39) 50(1.97)

GT15-RS2-9P *1,

GT15-RS4-9S *172.5(2.85) 16.5(0.65)

23(0.91)

27.5(1.08)

GT15-RS4-TE *1 33.5(1.32) 0 -

GT15-J71LP23-25 *3 *3 *3

GT15-J71BR13 79(3.11) 23(0.91) 30(1.18)

GT15-J71GP23-SX 65(2.56) 9(0.95)37(1.46)

15(0.59)

GT15-J71GF13-T2 *4 65(2.56) 9(0.95) 26(1.02)

GT15-J61BT13 47(1.85) 0 23(0.91) 28(1.10)

GT25-FNADP - - 25(0.98) -

GT27-V4-Z 132(5.20) 76(2.99) 44.5(1.75) 20(0.79)

GT27-R2 75(2.96) 19(0.75) 20(0.79) 32(1.26)

GT27-R2-Z 77(3.03) 21(0.83) 44.5(1.75) 32(1.26)

GT27-V4R1-Z

BNC:

132(5.20)

RGB: 77(3.03)

BNC: 76(2.99)

RGB: 21(0.83)44.5(1.75)

BNC: 20(0.79)

RGB: 32(1.26)

GT27-ROUT 75(2.96) 19(0.75) 20(0.79) 32(1.26)

GT27-ROUT-Z 77(3.03) 21(0.83) 44.5(1.75) 32(1.26)

GT27-MMR-Z 132(5.20) 76(2.99) 58.5(3.82) 20(0.79)

GT15-PRN 52(2.05) 0 23(0.91) 18(0.71)

GT15-DIO77(3.03) 21(0.83)

23(0.91)43(1.69)

GT15-DIOR

GT15-SOUT 41(1.61) 0 30(1.18)

11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unit 11 - 23

Page 250: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5. GT2705-VUnit: mm (inch)

*1 For cables prepared by the user, the dimensions in the table are not applied.

*2 If cable bending radius is smaller than the lowest part of the GOT rear face, the dimension of *3 is equal to or less than

0;however, it is written as "0" in the table.

*3 For details of the cable for GT15-J71LP23-25 (optical loop unit), contact your local Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.

*4 The bend radius depends on the Ethernet cable to be used.

Model A B C *2 D R (cable bend radius)

GT15-QBUS,

GT15-QBUS288(3.46)

16(0.63)

72(2.84) 23(0.91) 50(1.97)

GT15-75QBUSL,

GT15-75QBUS2L88(3.46) 72(2.84) 10(0.39) 50(1.97)

GT15-RS2-9P *1,

GT15-RS4-9S *172.5(2.85) 56.5(2.23)

23(0.91)

27.5(1.08)

GT15-RS4-TE *1 33.5(1.32) 0 -

GT15-J71LP23-25 *3 *3 *3

GT15-J71BR13 79(3.11) 63(2.48) 30(1.18)

GT15-J71GP23-SX 65(2.56) 49(1.93)37(1.46)

15(0.59)

GT15-J71GF13-T2 *4 65(2.56) 49(1.93) 26(1.02)

GT15-J61BT13 47(1.85) 0 23(0.91) 28(1.10)

GT25-FNADP - - 25(0.98) -

GT15-PRN 52(2.05) 36(1.42) 23(0.91) 18(0.71)

GT15-DIO77(3.03) 61(2.41)

23(0.91)43(1.69)

GT15-DIOR

GT15-SOUT 41(1.61) 0 30(1.18)

11 - 24 11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unit

Page 251: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

11.2.2 GT25The following table shows the depth dimensions and the cable bend dimensions for the GOT with one extension unit.For the dimensions for the GOT with several extension units mounted in multiple stages, refer to the following.

11.4 Depth dimensions for the GOT with several extension units mounted in multiple stages

(GT27, GT25)

1. GT2512-S,GT2510-V,GT2508-V

unit: mm (inch)

2. GT2512F-S,GT2510F-V,GT2508F-V

unit: mm (inch)

GOT model Dimension of X

GT2512-S 46(1.81)

GT2510-V 46(1.81)

GT2508-V 46(1.81)

GOT model Dimension of X

GT2512F-S 54(2.13)

GT2510F-V 54(2.13)

GT2508F-V 54(2.13)

100 or more

X D

Other device

BA

CRExtension unit

Rear face Side face

R

100 or more

Rear face Side face

X DOther device

BA

CRExtension unit

11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unit 11 - 25

Page 252: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3. GT2512-S,GT2512F-SUnit: mm (inch)

*1 For cables prepared by the user, the dimensions in the table are not applied.

*2 If cable bending radius is smaller than the lowest part of the GOT rear face, the dimension of *3 is equal to or less than

0;however, it is written as "0" in the table.

*3 For details of the cable for GT15-J71LP23-25 (optical loop unit), contact your local Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.

*4 The bend radius depends on the Ethernet cable to be used.

Model A B C *2 D R (cable bend radius)

GT15-QBUS,

GT15-QBUS288(3.46)

85(3.35)

3(0.12) 23(0.91) 50(1.97)

GT15-75QBUSL,

GT15-75QBUS2L88(3.46) 3(0.12) 10(0.39) 50(1.97)

GT15-RS2-9P *1,

GT15-RS4-9S *172.5(2.85) 0

23(0.91)

27.5(1.08)

GT15-RS4-TE *1 33.5(1.32) 0 -

GT15-J71LP23-25 *3 *3 *3

GT15-J71BR13 79(3.11) 0 30(1.18)

GT15-J71GP23-SX 65(2.56) 037(1.46)

15(0.59)

GT15-J71GF13-T2 *4 65(2.56) 0 26(1.02)

GT15-J61BT13 47(1.85) 0 23(0.91) 28(1.10)

GT25-FNADP - - 25(0.98) -

GT15-PRN 52(2.05) 0 23(0.91) 18(0.71)

GT15-DIO77(3.03) 0

23(0.91)43(1.69)

GT15-DIOR

GT15-SOUT 41(1.61) 0 30(1.18)

11 - 26 11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unit

Page 253: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

4. GT2510-V,GT2510F-VUnit: mm (inch)

*1 For cables prepared by the user, the dimensions in the table are not applied.

*2 If cable bending radius is smaller than the lowest part of the GOT rear face, the dimension of *3 is equal to or less than

0;however, it is written as "0" in the table.

*3 For details of the cable for GT15-J71LP23-25 (optical loop unit), contact your local Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.

*4 The bend radius depends on the Ethernet cable to be used.

Model A B C *2 D R (cable bend radius)

GT15-QBUS,

GT15-QBUS288(3.46)

78(3.07)

10(0.39) 23(0.91) 50(1.97)

GT15-75QBUSL,

GT15-75QBUS2L88(3.46) 10(0.39) 10(0.39) 50(1.97)

GT15-RS2-9P *1,

GT15-RS4-9S *172.5(2.85) 0

23(0.91)

27.5(1.08)

GT15-RS4-TE *1 33.5(1.32) 0 -

GT15-J71LP23-25 *3 *3 *3

GT15-J71BR13 79(3.11) 1(0.04) 30(1.18)

GT15-J71GP23-SX 65(2.56) 037(1.46)

15(0.59)

GT15-J71GF13-T2 *4 65(2.56) 0 26(1.02)

GT15-J61BT13 47(1.85) 0 23(0.91) 28(1.10)

GT25-FNADP - - 25(0.98) -

GT15-PRN 52(2.05) 0 23(0.91) 18(0.71)

GT15-DIO77(3.03) 0

23(0.91)43(1.69)

GT15-DIOR

GT15-SOUT 41(1.61) 0 30(1.18)

11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unit 11 - 27

Page 254: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

5. GT2508-V,GT2508F-VUnit: mm (inch)

*1 For cables prepared by the user, the dimensions in the table are not applied.

*2 If cable bending radius is smaller than the lowest part of the GOT rear face, the dimension of *3 is equal to or less than

0;however, it is written as "0" in the table.

*3 For details of the cable for GT15-J71LP23-25 (optical loop unit), contact your local Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.

*4 The bend radius depends on the Ethernet cable to be used.

Model A B C *2 D R (cable bend radius)

GT15-QBUS,

GT15-QBUS288(3.46)

56(2.20)

32(1.26) 23(0.91) 50(1.97)

GT15-75QBUSL,

GT15-75QBUS2L88(3.46) 32(1.26) 10(0.39) 50(1.97)

GT15-RS2-9P *1,

GT15-RS4-9S *172.5(2.85) 16.5(0.65)

23(0.91)

27.5(1.08)

GT15-RS4-TE *1 33.5(1.32) 0 -

GT15-J71LP23-25 *3 *3 *3

GT15-J71BR13 79(3.11) 23(0.91) 30(1.18)

GT15-J71GP23-SX 65(2.56) 9(0.35)37(1.46)

15(0.59)

GT15-J71GF13-T2 *4 65(2.56) 9(0.35) 26(1.02)

GT15-J61BT13 47(1.85) 0 23(0.91) 28(1.10)

GT25-FNADP - - 25(0.99) -

GT15-PRN 52(2.05) 0 23(0.91) 18(0.71)

GT15-DIO77(3.03) 21(0.83)

23(0.91)43(1.69)

GT15-DIOR

GT15-SOUT 41(1.61) 0 30(1.18)

11 - 28 11.2 Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unit

Page 255: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

11.3 Depth dimensions for the GOT with an SD card unit (GT2103-P)

The following table shows the depth dimensions for the GOT with an SD card unit.

*1 GT2103-PMBLS can not mount the SD card unit.

GOT type X D

GT2103-PMBD 32(1.26) 5(0.20)

GT2103-PMBDS, GT2103-PMBDS2 27(1.07) 5(0.20)

SD card unit

Rear face

X DOther device

Side face80(3.15) or more

X

D

Other device

Side face80(3.15) or more

GT2103-PMBD GT2103-PMBDS,GT2103-PMBDS2

Unit: mm (inch)

11.3 Depth dimensions for the GOT with an SD card unit (GT2103-P) 11 - 29

Page 256: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

11.4 Depth dimensions for the GOT with several extension units mounted in multiple stages (GT27, GT25)

The following shows how to calculate the depth dimensions for the GOT with several extension units mounted in multiple stages.

For the dimensions for the GOT with one extension unit, refer to the dimension D in .

Step 1. Select the GOT main unit coefficient from the following table.

Step 2. Select the option coefficient of the extension unit from the following table.

*1 Mounting GT27-V4-Z, GT27-R2-Z, GT27-V4R1-Z, GT27-ROUT-Z, or GT27-MMR-Z requires two stages. When mounting GT15-

J71GP23-SX or GT15-J71GF13-T2 on any of the above units, mount it in the third stage.

*2 The extension unit cannot be used on GT2705, GT2512, GT2510, or GT2508.

Step 3. Substitute the coefficients selected in step 1 and step 2 to the following formula.E (for two extension units) = G (GOT main unit coefficient) + H (option coefficient) + H (option coefficient)F (for three extension units) = G (GOT main unit coefficient) + H (option coefficient) + H (option coefficient) + H (option coefficient)

Calculation example:Dimension F (for three extension units) for installing the multimedia unit (GT27-MMR-Z) in the first stage and the second stage,and the CC-Link IE Controller Network communication unit (GT15-J71GP23-SX) in the third stage on the GT2712

F (for three extension units) = -3.5 (main unit coefficient of GT2712) + 57.0(option coefficient of GT27-MMR-Z) + 35.5 (option coefficient of GT15-J71GP23-SX) = 89.0When the above two extension units are installed, the dimension F is 89.0 mm.

GOT type G (main unit coefficient)

GT27, GT25 1.5(0.06)

Model H (option coefficient)

GT27-V4-Z *1*2, GT27-R2-Z *1*2, GT27-V4R1-Z *1*2, GT27-ROUT-Z *1*2 43.0(1.69)

GT15-QBUS, GT15-QBUS2, GT15-RS2-9P, GT15-RS4-9S, GT15-RS4-TE,

GT15-J71LP23-25, GT15-J71BR13, GT15-J61BT13, GT15-PRN, GT15-DIO,

GT15-DIOR, GT15-SOUT

21.5(0.85)

GT27-MMR-Z *1*2 57.0(2.24)

GT15-J71GP23-SX *1, GT15-J71GF13-T2 *1 35.5(1.40)

Other device

100 (3.94)or more

Unit: mm (inch)

E

F

11 - 30 11.4 Depth dimensions for the GOT with several extension units mounted in multiple stages (GT27, GT25)

Page 257: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

11.5 External dimension diagrams of the communication cable

1. External dimension diagrams of the bus connection cable connector

(1) GT15-QCB, GT15-QCBS

2. External dimension diagrams of the RS-232 connection cable connector

(1) GT01-C30R2-6P

(2) GT01-C30R2-9S

(3) GT01-C30R2-25P

(4) GT10-C30R2-6P

Cable model Cable length (m(ft.))External dimension

diagram

GT15-QCB 0.6(2.0),1.2(3.9),3(10),5(16),10(33)(1)

GT15-QCBS 15(49),20(66),25(82),30(98),35(115)

Cable model Cable length (m(ft.)) External dimensions

GT01-C30R2-6P 3(10) (1)

GT01-C30R2-9S 3(10) (2)

GT01-C30R2-25P 3(10) (3)

GT10-C30R2-6P 3(10) (4)

145(5.71)

L 95(3.74)10(0.39)

Unit: mm (inch)

42(1

.65)

34.5(1.36)

50(1.97)

40(1.57)

13(0.51)

3000(118.11)

35(1

.38)

16(0.63)

13(0

.51)

Unit: mm (inch)

16(0.63) 50(1.97) 50(1.97)3000(118.11)

35(1

.38)

16(0.63)

35

Φ6(0.24)

Unit: mm (inch)

(1.3

8)

3000(118.11)

50(1.97)

16(0.63)

35(1

.38)

53(2.09)

55(2

.17)

16(0.63)

Unit: mm (inch)

3000(118.11)

Unit: mm (inch)

40(1.57)200

(7.87)

Approx. 48(1.89)

30(1.18)

11.5 External dimension diagrams of the communication cable 11 - 31

Page 258: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

3. External dimension diagrams of the RS-422 connection cable connector

(1) GT16-C02R4-9S

(2) GT01-C30R4-25P

(3) GT01-CR4-25P

(4) GT01-CR4-8P

(5) GT10-CR4-8P,GT21-CR4-8P5

(6) GT10-CR4-25P,GT21-CR4-25P5

Cable model Cable length (m(ft.)) External dimensions

GT16-C02R4-9S 0.2(0.7) (1)

GT01-C30R4-25P 3(10) (2)

GT01-CR4-25P 10(33),20(66),30(98) (3)

GT01-CR4-8P 1(3),3(10),10(33),20(66),30(98) (4)

GT10-CR4-8P 1(3),3(10),10(33),20(66),30(98) (5)

GT10-CR4-25P 3(10),10(33),20(66),30(98) (6)

GT21-CR4-8P5 1(3),3(10),10(33),20(66),30(98) (5)

GT21-CR4-25P5 3(10),10(33),20(66),30(98) (6)

GT10-C10R4-8PL 1(3) (7)

GT10-CR4-8PC 1(3),3(10),10(33),20(66),30(98) (8)

GT10-C02H-9SC 0.2(0.7) (9)

15(0.59)

8(0.31)

45.5(1.79)

38(1.50)

200(7.87)

32.

5(1

.28)

21

(0.8

3)

5(0.20)

Unit: mm (inch)

50(1.97)

16(0.63)

Unit: mm (inch)

35(1

.38)

53(2.09)

55(2

.17)

3000(118.11)

16(0.63)

LFig.13 50(1.97)

16(0.63)

35(1

.38)

53(2.09)

55(2

.17)

16(0.63)

Unit: mm (inch)

40(1.57)

13(0.51)

13(0

.51)

L50(1.97)

16(0.63)

35(1

.38)

Unit: mm (inch)

30(1.18)

L 40(1.57)250

(9.84)

Unit: mm (inch)

53(2.09)

55(2

.17)

16(0.63)

30(1.18)

L250

(9.84)

Unit: mm (inch)

11 - 32 11.5 External dimension diagrams of the communication cable

Page 259: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

(7) GT10-C10R4-8PL

(8) GT10-CR4-8PC

(9) GT10-C02H4-9SC

4. External dimension diagrams of RS-485 terminal block conversion unit

(1) FA-LTBGT2R4CBL

Cable model Cable length (m(ft.)) External dimensions

FA-LTBGT2R4CBL 0.5, 1, 2 (1)

1000(39.4)

38(1.50)

30(1

.18)

30(1.18) 250

(9.84)

Unit: mm (inch)

L52(2.05)

250(9.84)

40(1.57)

Φ 25(0.98)×33(1.30)

22(0

.87)

Φ 13(0.51)

7(0.28)Φ Unit: mm (inch)

200(7.87)

52(2.05)

45.5(1.79)

15(0.59)

22(0

.87)

32.5

(1.2

8)

Unit: mm (inch)7(0.28)Φ

50(1.97)

47(1.85)18

(0.71)

4(0.16)

29(1.14)

115(

4.53

)

35(1.38)

93(3

.66)

21(0

.83)

8(0.31)

L

Unit: mm (inch)

11.5 External dimension diagrams of the communication cable 11 - 33

Page 260: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

11.6 Confirming of Versions and Conforming Standards

11.6.1 GT27, GT25, GT23

1. Rating plateThe GOT hardware version, BootOS version at factory default, function version, and conforming standards can be checked with the rating plate on the GOT rear face.

2. Packing boxThe conforming standards can be confirmed by the label on the packing box.Note that the position of the label differs depending on the model or the shipment date.

QR code

Conforming standard

MAC addressGOT serial number

Function versionBootOS version at factory defaultHardware versionManufacturing date

Manufacturing year (lower two digits of the year of grace)

Manufacturing month (1 to 9: manufacturing month, X: October, Y: November, Z: December)

MODEL

DATE

MADE IN JAPAN

SERIALMAC ADD. 123456789012POWER

GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINALPASSED

INGT2708-VTBA

2013-0900013910AA00000-A

MAX 100VA100-240VAC 50/60Hz

0 0 0 1 3 9 1 0 A A 0 0 0 0 0 - A

The conforming standards (such as CE) are described.

11 - 34 11.6 Confirming of Versions and Conforming Standards

Page 261: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

AP

PE

ND

ICE

S

11

11.6.2 GT21

1. Rating plateThe GOT hardware version, BootOS version at factory default, function version, and conforming standards can be checked with the rating plate on the GOT rear face.

2. Packing boxThe conforming standards can be confirmed by the label on the packing box.Note that the position of the label differs depending on the shipment date.

11.7 Transportation Precautions

When transporting lithium batteries, make sure to treat them based on the transport regulations.

11.7.1 Relevant modelsThe battery for the GOT2000 series is classified as shown in the table below.

11.7.2 Transportation guidelinesProducts are packed properly in compliance with the transportation regulations prior to shipment. When repacking any of the unpacked products to transport it to another location, make sure to observe the IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations, IMDG Code, and other local transportation regulations.For details, please consult your transportation company.

Product name Model Description Handled as

Battery for GOT2000 series GT11-50BAT Lithium battery Non-dangerous goods

QR code

MAC address

GOT serial number

BootOS version at factory defaultHardware version

Manufacture year (Last two digits of a year)

1 4 4 0 0 0 1 A A

Certification mark

Manufacture month(1 to 9, X: October, Y: November, Z: December)

The conforming standards are described.

11.7 Transportation Precautions 11 - 35

Page 262: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

11.8 Calculating consumed current of GT2705-V

For using multiple extension units, a bar code reader, or a RFID controller, the total current for the extension units, bar code reader, or RFID controller must be within the current that the GT2705-V can supply.GOT other than GT2705-V, the calculation of the current value is not required.For the current that the GT2705-V can supply and the current for the extension units, bar code reader, or RFID controller,refer to the following tables. Make sure that the total of consumed current is within the capacity of the GT2705-V.

1. Current supply capacity of the GOTCan be supplied current of GT2705-V is 1.3A.

2. Current consumed by an extension unit/barcode reader/RFID controller

*1 Value used for calculating the current consumption of the multi-channel function.

For the specifications of the unit, refer to the manual included with the unit.*2 When the GOT supplies power to a barcode reader or a RFID controller from the standard interface, add their consumed

current.(Maximum value is less than 0.3 A)

3. Calculation example

(1) When connecting the GT15-QBUS2 and GT15-RS2-9P (2 units) to the GT2705-VCurrent supply capacity of GT2705-V 1.3ATotal consumed current 0.275+0.29+0.29=0.855A

Since the calculated value is within the capacity of the GT2705-V, they can be connected to the GT2705-V.

(2) When connecting the GT15-J71GP23-SX and GT15-RS2-9P (2 units) to the GT2705-VCurrent supply capacity of GT2705-V 1.3ATotal consumed current 1.07+0.29+0.29=1.65A

Since the calculated value exceeds the capacity of the GT2705-V, such configuration is not allowed.

Module type Consumed current (A)

GT15-QBUS, GT15-QBUS2, GT15-75QBUSL,

GT15-75QBUS2L0.275 *1

GT15-ABUS, GT15-ABUS2, GT15-75ABUSL,

GT15-75ABUS2L0.12

GT15-RS2-9P 0.29

GT15-RS4-9S 0.33

GT15-RS4-TE 0.3

GT15-J71GP23-SX 1.07

GT15-J71GF13-T2 0.96

GT15-J71LP23-25 0.56

GT15-J71BR13 0.77

GT15-J61BT13 0.56

GT25-FNADP 0.4

Barcode reader *2

GT15-PRN 0.09

GT15-SOUT 0.08

GT15-DIO 0.1

GT15-DIOR 0.1

RFID controller *2

11 - 36 11.8 Calculating consumed current of GT2705-V

Page 263: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

REVISIONS

* The manual number is given on the bottom left of the back cover.

Print Date * Manual Number Revision

September 2013 SH(NA)-081194ENG-A First printing : GT Designer3 Version1.100E

November 2013 SH(NA)-081194ENG-B Compatible with GT Works3 Version1.104J

• Description of SAFETY PRECAUTIONS changed

• Abbreviations and generic terms changed

• Compatible with printer unit

• Compatible with wireless LAN connection (to be supported soon)

• General specifications changed

• Performance specifications changed

• Printer unit added to the list of Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with

an extension unit, and Depth dimensions for the GOT with several extension units mounted in

multiple stages.

January 2014 SH(NA)-081194ENG-C Compatible with GT Works3 Version1.108N

• Abbreviations and generic terms changed

• Installation Position changed

• Depth dimensions and cable bend dimensions for the GOT with an extension unit changed

April 2014 SH(NA)-081194ENG-D Compatible with GT Works3 Version1.112S

• Description of SAFETY PRECAUTIONS changed

• Abbreviations and generic terms changed

• GT2715-X, GT25, and options added

June 2014 SH(NA)-081194ENG-E Compatible with GT Works3 Version1.117X

• Description of SAFETY PRECAUTIONS changed

• Vertical installation of GT27, GT25, and GT23 supported

July 2014 SH(NA)-081194ENG-F Cotible with GT Works3 Version1.118Y

• Abbreviations, generic terms, and icon indications changed

• Battery installation and removal procedures changed

October 2014 SH(NA)-081194ENG-G Compatible with GT Works3 Version1.122C

• Description of SAFETY PRECAUTIONS is changed.

• Abbreviations, generic terms, and icon indications are changed.

• GT21 is supported.

• GT2512-S is supported.

January 2015 SH(NA)-081194ENG-H Writing errors have been corrected.

April 2015 SH(NA)-081194ENG-I Compatible with GT Works3 Version1.130L

• Abbreviations, generic terms, and icon indications are changed.

• Field network adapter unit is supported.

• RGB input unit (GT27-R2) is supported.

• RGB output unit (GT27-ROUT) is supported.

• GT2705-V, GT2104-R, GT2103-PMBDS2, GT2103-PMBLS is supported.

• The SD cards added

May 2015 SH(NA)-081194ENG-J Writing errors have been corrected.

June 2015 SH(NA)-081194ENG-K The model names of the CC-Link IE Field Network communication unit set have been added.

October 2015 SH(NA)-081194ENG-L Compatible with GT Works3 Version1.144A

• Abbreviations, generic terms, and icon indications are changed.

• GT2104-PMBD, GT2104-PMBDS is supported.

December 2015 SH(NA)-081194ENG-M Writing errors have been corrected.

REVISIONS - 1

Page 264: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

© 2013 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION

Print Date * Manual Number Revision

December 2015 SH(NA)-081194ENG-N Compatible with GT Works3 Version1.150G

• The description of SAFETY PRECAUTIONS has been changed.

• Abbreviations, generic terms, and icon indications have been changed.

• GT2512F-S, GT2510F-V, GT2508F-V, and environmental protection sheets have been added.

This manual confers no industrial property rights or any rights of any other kind, nor does it confer any patent licenses. Mitsubishi Electric Corporation

cannot be held responsible for any problems involving industrial property rights which may occur as a result of using the contents noted in this

manual.

REVISIONS - 2

Page 265: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

WARRANTYPlease check the following product warranty details before using this product.

If any faults or defects (hereinafter "Failure") found to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi occurs during use of the product within the gratis warranty term, the product shall be repaired at no cost via the sales representative or Mitsubishi Service Company. However, if repairs are required onsite at domestic or overseas location, expenses to send an engineer will be solely at the customer's discretion. Mitsubishi shall not be held responsible for any re-commissioning, maintenance, or testing on-site that involves replacement of the failed module.

The gratis warranty term of the product shall be for thirty-six (36) months after the date of purchase or delivery to a designated place. Note that after manufacture and shipment from Mitsubishi, the maximum distribution period shall be six (6) months, and the longest gratis warranty term after manufacturing shall be forty-two (42) months. The gratis warranty term of repair parts shall not exceed the gratis warranty term before repairs.

• Failure occurring from inappropriate storage or handling, carelessness or negligence by the user. Failure caused by the user's hardware or software design.

• Failure caused by unapproved modifications, etc., to the product by the user.• When the Mitsubishi product is assembled into a user's device, Failure that could have been avoided if functions or structures,

judged as necessary in the legal safety measures the user's device is subject to or as necessary by industry standards, had been provided.

• Failure that could have been avoided if consumable parts designated in the instruction manual had been correctly serviced or replaced.

• Replacing consumable parts such as a battery, backlight, and fuse.• Failure caused by external irresistible forces such as fires or abnormal voltages, and Failure caused by force majeure such as

earthquakes, lightning, wind and water damage.• Failure caused by reasons that could not be predicted by scientific technology standards at the time of shipment from

Mitsubishi.• Any other failure found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi or that admitted not to be so by the user.

(1) Gratis Warranty Term

(2) Gratis Warranty Range(a) The customer shall be responsible for the primary failure diagnosis unless otherwise specified.

If requested by the customer, Mitsubishi Electric Corporation or its representative firm may carry out the primary failure diagnosis at the customer’s expense. The primary failure diagnosis will, however, be free of charge should the cause of failure be attributable to Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.

(b) The range shall be limited to normal use within the usage state, usage methods, and usage environment, etc., which follow the conditions and precautions, etc., given in the instruction manual, user's manual and caution labels on the product.

(c) Even within the gratis warranty term, repairs shall be charged in the following cases.

Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis Warranty Range1.1.

(1) Mitsubishi shall accept onerous product repairs for seven (7) years after production of the product is discontinued. Discontinuation of production shall be notified with Mitsubishi Technical Bulletins, etc.

(2) Mitsubishi shall not accept a request for product supply (including spare parts) after production is discontinued.

Onerous repair term after discontinuation of production2.2.

Overseas, repairs shall be accepted by Mitsubishi's local overseas FA Center. Note that the repair conditions at each FA Center may differ.

Overseas service3.3.

Regardless of the gratis warranty term, Mitsubishi shall not be liable for compensation to: Exclusion of loss in opportunity and secondary loss from warranty liability4.4.

The specifications given in the catalogs, manuals, or technical documents are subject to change without prior notice.Changes in product specifications5.5.

(1) In using the Mitsubishi graphic operation terminal, the usage conditions shall be that the application will not lead to a major accident even if any problem or fault should occur in the graphic operation terminal device, and that backup and fail-safe functions are systematically provided outside of the device for any problem or fault.

(2) The Mitsubishi graphic operation terminal has been designed and manufactured for applications in general industries, etc. Thus, applications in which the public could be affected such as in nuclear power plants and other power plants operated by respective power companies, and applications in which a special quality assurance system is required, such as for Railway companies or Public service shall be excluded from the graphic operation terminal applications. In addition, applications in which human life or property could be greatly affected, such as in aircraft, medical, railway applications, incineration and fuel devices, manned transportation equipment, recreation and amusement devices, safety devices, shall also be excluded from the graphic operation terminal. Even for the above applications, however, Mitsubishi Electric Corporation may consider the possibility of an application, provided that the customer notifies Mitsubishi Electric Corporation of the intention, the application is clearly defined and any special quality is not required, after the user consults the local Mitsubishi representative.

Product application6.6.

(1) Damages caused by any cause found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi.(2) Loss in opportunity, lost profits incurred to the user by Failures of Mitsubishi products.(3) Special damages and secondary damages whether foreseeable or not, compensation for accidents, and compensation for

damages to products other than Mitsubishi products.(4) Replacement by the user, maintenance of on-site equipment, start-up test run and other tasks.

Page 266: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

MELDAS, MELSEC, iQ Platform, MELSOFT, GOT, CC-Link, CC-Link/LT, and CC-Link IE are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation in Japan and other countries.Microsoft, Windows, Windows Vista, Windows NT, Windows Server, SQL Server, Visual C++, Visual C#, Visual Basic,Excel, and Access are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and othercountries.Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation in the United States.MODBUS is a trademark of Schneider Electric SA.DeviceNet is a trademark of ODVA (Open DeviceNet Vendor Association, Inc.).VNC is a registered trademark of RealVNC Ltd. in the United States and other countries.Unicode is a trademark or registered trademark of Unicode, Inc. in the United States and other countries.PictBridge is a registered trademark of Canon Inc.Adobe and Adobe Reader are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.Oracle and JavaScript are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates in the United States and other countries.QR Code is a trademark or registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan, the United States, and/or other countries.Anybus is a registered trademark of HMS Industrial Networks AB.Android and Google Chrome are trademarks or registered trademarks of Google Inc.IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under license.Safari and iPhone are trademarks of Apple Inc. registered in the United States and other countries. The iPhone trademark is used under license from AIPHONE CO., LTD.Other company and product names herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

SH(NA)-081194ENG-N

Page 267: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi
Page 268: GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware) - electrobit.ee · User's Manual (Hardware) GOT2000 Series. A - 1 Thank you for choosing Mitsubishi Graphic Operation Terminal (Mitsubishi

MODEL

MODELCODE

GOT2000-U-HW-E

1D7MJ5

SH(NA)-081194ENG-N(1512)MEE

GOT2000 Series User's Manual (Hardware)

Specifications subject to change without notice. Printed in Japan, December 2015.

When exported from Japan, this manual does not require application to the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry for service transaction permission.

HEAD OFFICE : TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3 MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO 100-8310, JAPANNAGOYA WORKS : 1-14 , YADA-MINAMI 5-CHOME , HIGASHI-KU, NAGOYA , JAPAN